techUK Insights RSS Feed - http://www.techuk.org techUK RSS feed for insights content. en Copyright (C) 2015 techUK.org http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=9639&Itemid=533 Online: Security Awareness course http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=9639&Itemid=533 Thu, 03 Nov 2016 09:22:53 +0000 Mariana Obetzanova (techUK) mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org A course promoting cyber security awareness helping organisations to minimise the risk <blockquote>Duration: 2.5 hours for 20 topics</blockquote> <p><strong>The Risk</strong><br />No one doubts that the digital security posture of an organisation is now a board level issue, and that’s a big change from five years ago. However, Executive anxieties need to be matched with a long-term structured strategy that everyone in the company ecosystem is willing to invest in so that the highest standards of Information Security are maintained. Inevitably, this will require a change in company culture as most staff members view this issue as belonging to the IT Department. They often forget that the consumption of IT Services is often the point of maximum vulnerability for the company. It is here that the user can compromise the security of the company by becoming a victim to phishing tactics or acting in an inappropriate or negligent manner, regrettable situations that expose the organisation to cyber risk.</p> <p>Planning, communication, implementation and measurement, to gauge progress and the Return on Investment (ROI), are all very important elements of a successful staff security training programme and InfoSec Skills is here to help, with online Security Awareness training for staff, management reports to inform attendance/grades and templated forms/documents to help plan, communicate, execute and measure change in behaviour.</p> <p><strong>Why should you attend?</strong><br />Because Information Security is everyone’s responsibility, because cyber security threats have increased significantly, because training is an ISO27001 requirement (A.7.2.2 Information security awareness, education and training), because it is your company policy.</p> <p><strong>Course Content</strong><br />The course consists of 20 topics but organisations can choose which topics they would like to appear in a security awareness programme for their staff:</p> <table style="height: 116px; width: 651px;"> <tbody> <tr> <td>Passwords&nbsp;</td> <td>Encription</td> <td>Social Engineering</td> <td>SCADA</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Browsers</td> <td>Data Destruction</td> <td>Data Protection</td> <td>Cloud</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Social Networking</td> <td>Mobile Security</td> <td>Hacked</td> <td>BYOD</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Email</td> <td>Physical Security</td> <td>Security Monitoring</td> <td>Protecting Your Computer</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Peer 2 Peer</td> <td>Wireless Security</td> <td>Weakest Link</td> <td>Security Policies</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Assessment</strong><br />At the end of the course the student must undertake a quiz to assess their understanding of the information provided across all topics and to see if the objectives of the course have been met. A completion certificate is then provided once the student achieves a minimum score in the quiz. Attendance and grade reports are accessible to management so that the results can be fed into the metrics framework to allow for measurement of progress over time.</p> <p><strong>Branding and Hosting</strong><br />We are happy to fully brand the e-Learning course to an organisation including modifying the content and audio to reflect your own policies and if the preference is to use your own LMS then that is no problem at all as we will provide all of the topics as individual SCORM packages that you can host yourself.</p> <p><strong>Bulk Provisioning</strong><br />With our bulk provisioning service, we can import your users and have you up and running within hours. All users will receive their login information by email and designated accounts can be given management permissions with access to activity and grade reports for the whole group.</p> <p><strong>Author Bio</strong><br />Tony Campbell MSc. - Chief Information Officer, Member of Faculty - InfoSec Skills Ltd.</p> <p>Biography: Tony Campbell has been a technologist and security professional for the past 22 years, during which time he has worked on dozens of security oriented infrastructure projects, and during that time also publishing nine technical books, such as Windows Vista Beyond the Manual and Pro Small Business Server. He has worked as a technical editor for Apress Inc. and was the co-founder of Digital Forensics Magazine prior to working at InfoSec Skills. He maintains a security consulting role as well as his training work, and continues to enjoy writing in his limited spare time.</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong>&nbsp;</p> <p>techUK Members - £25.00</p> <p>Non Members - £30.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>Notes:</strong><br />Companies can enrol their new employees, on a daily basis, to the Security Awareness course. These new hires will be added to the same group so that a Line Manager can see attendance and grade reports for all within the group.</p> <p><strong><a href="https://www.infosecskills.com/agreement" target="_blank">Please read the User Agreement here</a>.</strong>&nbsp;</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">here&nbsp;</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking.&nbsp;<strong>To BOOK for this course, please contact <a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=9642&Itemid=533 Online: Foundation Certificate in Information Security (FCIS) http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=9642&Itemid=533 Thu, 03 Nov 2016 11:01:47 +0000 Mariana Obetzanova (techUK) mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org This course is designed to provide the foundation of knowledge necessary for individuals who have IT or information security responsibilities as part of their day-to-day role <blockquote>Duration: 17 hours / 2 days</blockquote> <p>The <strong>Foundation Certificate in Information Security (FCIS)</strong> course is designed to provide the foundation of knowledge necessary for individuals who have IT or information security responsibilities as part of their day-to-day role, or who are thinking of moving into an information security function. Every member of IT staff should have this knowledge. If your IT staff do not know what a Business Impact Analysis is or do not understand the significance of Risk Assessments or do not know what to do during an incident, then it may be time to baseline all your IT staff with this course.</p> <p>The FCIS course introduces the concept of and disciplines within Information Assurance and how this can contribute to and form part of the overall business strategy for an organisation. It provides the opportunity for those exploring or moving into information security roles to enhance or refresh their knowledge and, in the process, gain a recognised industry qualification, regulated by the Global Certification Institute (GCI). This is useful to both the individual and employer in terms of attesting to the level of professional ability an individual has attained.</p> <p>Based upon international standards and industry best practice, this course provides a great foundation for anyone starting a career in Information/Cyber Security or who are taking on extra Information Security responsibilities. 17 hours of condensed knowledge + a 1-hour exam proves your understanding of the top five disciplines of Information Security.</p> <p>The InfoSec Skills FCIS course primes the student with all the knowledge needed to sit the Global Certification Institute (GCI) - Foundation Certificate in Information Security (FCIS) examination.</p> <p><strong>Why should you attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is intended for anyone who has an interest in information security, either for potential or existing security professionals, or as an additional part of his or her general business knowledge (for example, the material covered on this course would make good supporting material for network/system administrator who have or who are taking on additional security responsibilities, business managers, IT managers, security analysts and IT staff. When used as a baseline for all IT staff this course ensures that they speak the same language as your security team and that they understand why the security team do what they do.</p> <p><strong>Prerequisites</strong></p> <p>Knowledge of IT systems would be advantageous but not essential.<br />An understanding of the general principles of information technology security would be useful, but again, not essential.</p> <p><strong>Course Contents</strong></p> <p>The course consists of five modules:</p> <ul> <li>Module 1 – Introduction to Information Security Management</li> <li>Module 2 – Introduction to Information Risk Management</li> <li>Module 3 – Introduction to Business Continuity Management</li> <li>Module 4 – Introduction to Information Assurance Architecture</li> <li>Module 5 – Soft Skills and Incident Handling</li> <li>Module 6 – Preparation for the FCIS exam</li> <li>Bonus Topic - Web Application Security &amp; OWASP Top 10</li> </ul> <p><strong>Assessment</strong></p> <p>Each topic contains a quiz that enables a student to test their knowledge of the information covered in that topic. At the end of each module the student must undertake a test to assess their understanding of the information provided in that module and to see if the objectives of the module have been met. At the end of the course, we provide an overview of the format, structure and scoring of the exam that prepares you for the Global Certification Institute (GCI) - Foundation Certificate in Information Security (FCIS) exam and professional certificate, which is bundled with this course.</p> <p><strong>Total Length of Course</strong></p> <p>The total time specified in this syllabus is a minimum of 17 hours of lecturing and practical work.</p> <p><strong>Course Materials</strong></p> <p>On attending this, course students are provided with:</p> <ul> <li>Full colour, indexed, perfect bound, course book containing all course slides and notes</li> <li>Classroom exercises</li> <li>Sample exam questions</li> </ul> <p><strong>Author Bio</strong></p> <p><strong>Tony Campbell MSc. - Chief Information Officer, Member of Faculty - InfoSec Skills Ltd.</strong></p> <p>Biography: Tony Campbell has been a technologist and security professional for the past 22 years, during which time he has worked on dozens of security oriented infrastructure projects, and during that time also publishing nine technical books, such as Windows Vista Beyond the Manual and Pro Small Business Server. He has worked as a technical editor for Apress Inc. and was the co-founder of Digital Forensics Magazine prior to working at InfoSec Skills. He maintains a security consulting role as well as his training work, and continues to enjoy writing in his limited spare time.</p> <p><strong>John Hughes</strong> - <strong>BSc, ARCS, CLAS, ITPC, M. Inst. ISP, ISO27001 Lead Auditor, GCFE, MBCS, CISMP, Member of Faculty - InfoSec Skills Ltd.</strong></p> <p>Biography: John has over 35 years' experience in the field of Infosec either building security products, systems or providing advice to clients. He specialises in Security Architectures with a particular emphasis on application security, identity management and trust infrastructures. John helped develop a number of standards on identity management. He has been actively involved in the initial launch of a number of security technologies into the marketplace, including secure Unix, firewalls, PKI and federation. He is a former CTO of an application security product and services company. John is a F. Inst. ISP and a qualified ISO 27001 Lead Auditor.</p> <p><strong>David Sutton CISSP, M. Inst. ISP, SBCI, FBCS, CITP - Member of Faculty - InfoSec Skills Ltd.</strong></p> <p>Biography: David's career spans more than 45 years and includes computing, voice and data networking, radio transmission and information security. He joined Cellnet (now O2) in 1993, where he was responsible for the continuity and restoration of the core cellular and broadband networks, and represented O2 in the electronic communications industry’s resilience forum. David has been a member of the BCS ISEB Information Security Panel since 2005, and with the other Panel members co-wrote ‘Information Security Management Principles: An ISEB Certificate’. Since retiring from O2 in 2010, he has also undertaken a number of critical information infrastructure projects for the European Network and Information Security Agency (ENISA).</p> <p><strong>Mike Barwise BSc, M. Inst. ISP, CEng, MBCS, CITP – Member of Faculty - InfoSec Skills Ltd.</strong></p> <p>Biography: Mike became involved in the nascent microprocessor revolution in the late 1970s. In 1983 he launched a consultancy creating bespoke instrumentation and control systems for industrial R&amp;D and pure research, backed by his own line of hardware and software products for modular microsystems. He continued in this field until 1994, developing a range of robust systems including large scale automation for ecological research projects and SCADA systems for commercial clients. In 1998, having graduated with a First in Computer and Environmental Sciences and delivered a secure platform for a national medical records sharing pilot, Mike decided to specialise in information security. Since then he has consulted in network and host security, secure applications development, corporate security awareness, policy frameworks and compliance. Mike has taught electronics and internet technologies at FE colleges, and network management and information security both commercially to blue chip corporates and in academia to Masters level.</p> <p><strong>Peter Jones MSc - Member of Faculty - InfoSec Skills Ltd.</strong></p> <p>Biography: Peter Jones is a Masters graduate in “Internet and Enterprise Systems” with over 12 years telecommunications experience gained from working in a variety of roles for Orange and as a Systems Developer for telecommunications firm, Eurotel. He now leads the mobile phone team at Zentek Forensics Limited where he has conducted thousands of examinations on behalf of law enforcement and the private sector and is primarily responsible for research and development for data extraction from smart phones. Outside of working for Zentek Forensics, Peter is a Visiting Fellow for the University of Central Lancashire and regularly visits universities all over the north of England giving guest lectures to various graduates. Peter is training to be an SD1 level lecturer and will soon become an Associated Member of the Higher Education Authority.</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - £350.00</p> <p>Non Members - £495.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>Notes:</strong><br />Official exams for FCIS are included, free of charge, as part of the current promotion.</p> <p><strong><a href="https://www.infosecskills.com/agreement" target="_blank">Please read the User Agreement here.</a><br /></strong></p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. <strong>To BOOK for this course, please contact <a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=9643&Itemid=533 Online: Certificate in Information Security Management Principles (CISMP) http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=9643&Itemid=533 Thu, 03 Nov 2016 12:11:51 +0000 Mariana Obetzanova (techUK) mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org The course is designed to provide the foundation of knowledge necessary for individuals who have information security responsibilities as part of their day to day role <blockquote>Duration: 40 hours / 5 days</blockquote> <p>The <strong>Certificate in Information Security Management Principles (CISMP)</strong> course is designed to provide the foundation of knowledge necessary for individuals who have information security responsibilities as part of their day to day role, or who are thinking of moving into an information security or related function. It also provides the opportunity for those already within these roles to enhance or refresh their knowledge and in the process gain a qualification, recognised by industry, which demonstrates the level of knowledge gained.</p> <p><strong>Why should you attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is intended for those with an interest in information security either as a potential career or as an additional part of their general business knowledge.</p> <p><strong>Prerequisites</strong></p> <p>Knowledge of IT would be advantageous but not essential. An understanding of the general principles of IT security would be useful.</p> <p><strong>Course Contents</strong></p> <p>The course consists of ten modules:</p> <ul> <li>Module 1 – Information Security Management Principles</li> <li>Module 2 – Information Risk</li> <li>Module 3 – Information Security Framework</li> <li>Module 4 – Procedural/People Security Controls</li> <li>Module 5 – Technical Security Controls</li> <li>Module 6 – Software Development and Lifecycle</li> <li>Module 7 - Physical and Environmental Control</li> <li>Module 8 - Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity Management</li> <li>Module 9 – Other technical Aspects</li> <li>Module 10 – Preparation for the CISMP Examination and Mock Exam</li> </ul> <p><strong>Assessment</strong></p> <p>At the end of each module the student is able to undertake an on-line assessment to assess their understanding of the information provided in that module. A mock exam at the end of the course and sample exam papers prepare you for the official BCS CISMP exam.</p> <p><strong>Course Materials</strong></p> <p>On attending this course, you will be provided with:</p> <ul> <li>Full colour, perfect bound course book containing all course slides and notes (612 pages)</li> <li>A copy of the Information Security Management principles book, published by the BCS</li> <li>Sample exam questions</li> </ul> <p>These are yours to keep so you can re-run the course as many times as you wish or use them for future reference.</p> <p><strong>Author Bio(s)</strong></p> <p><strong>John Hughes - BSc, ARCS, CLAS, ITPC, M. Inst. ISP, ISO27001 Lead Auditor, GCFE, MBCS, CISMP, Member of Faculty - InfoSec Skills Ltd.</strong></p> <p>Biography: John has over 35 years' experience in the field of Infosec either building security products, systems or providing advice to clients. He specialises in Security Architectures with a particular emphasis on application security, identity management and trust infrastructures. John helped develop a number of standards on identity management. He has been actively involved in the initial launch of a number of security technologies into the marketplace, including secure Unix, firewalls, PKI and federation. He is a former CTO of an application security product and services company. John is a F. Inst. ISP and a qualified ISO 27001 Lead Auditor.</p> <p><strong>Tony Campbell MSc. - Chief Information Officer, Member of Faculty - InfoSec Skills Ltd.</strong></p> <p>Biography: Tony Campbell has been a technologist and security professional for the past 22 years, during which time he has worked on dozens of security oriented infrastructure projects, and during that time also publishing nine technical books, such as Windows Vista Beyond the Manual and Pro Small Business Server. He has worked as a technical editor for Apress Inc. and was the co-founder of Digital Forensics Magazine prior to working at InfoSec Skills. He maintains a security consulting role as well as his training work, and continues to enjoy writing in his limited spare time.</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - £1325.00</p> <p>Non Members - £1950.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>Notes:</strong><br />Official exams for CISMP are included, free of charge, as part of the current promotion.</p> <p><strong><a href="https://www.infosecskills.com/agreement" target="_blank">Please read the User Agreement here.</a></strong></p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking.&nbsp;<strong>To BOOK for this course, please contact <a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a></strong>.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=12741&Itemid=260 Getting it Right with Open Source Software Licensing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=12741&Itemid=260 Thu, 08 Mar 2018 22:55:05 +0000 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course is a class room based course designed to help organisations who develop and distribute software and/or companies receiving software through a supply chain implement a governance program <p><strong>Registration from 1pm</strong></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Open Source Software is now broadly used in the development of software applications. The ability to reuse components of code already created allows development teams to create more code, with more functionality, faster. It also promotes the adoption of standards and makes applications more interoperable.</p> <p>With the increasing adoption of open source software in software development there is an increasing need for organisations to understand free and open source software licensing obligations and compliance issues.</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course has been designed for anyone concerned with and involved in Open Source Management, including operational, legal, software development managers, open source program managers, software procurement managers, software architects, developers and maintainers and product managers of open source products or proprietary products containing significant open source. Every effort has been made to present the concepts at a level that is accessible and relevant for all of these participants</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Knowledge that will be acquired from this course:</p> <p>Basic legal understanding of the principles of open source software licensing.<br>Understand the spectrum of software licence categories e.g. reciprocal, permissive etc.<br>Obligations to be compliant with open source software licences<br>Industry best practices</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>This course is a half-day class room based course designed to help organisations who develop and distribute software and/or companies receiving software through a supply chain implement a governance program. The training is broken down into 7 modules which can be delivered individually if require.</p> <p>The modules included in the course are:</p> <p>1. What is Intellectual Property?</p> <p>2. Introduction to Open Source Software Licenses</p> <p>3. Introduction to Open Source Software compliance</p> <p>4. Key Software Concepts for Open Source Software Review</p> <p>5. Running an Open Source Software Review</p> <p>6. End to End Compliance Management (Example Process)</p> <p>7. Avoiding Compliance Pitfalls</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10238-martin-callinan" target="_blank">Martin Callinan</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years&rsquo; experience in the software industry specialising in software licensing, IT Governance and risk avoidance. He has seen the challenges of risk management related to various aspects of the software ecosystem. Martin is now focused on assisting organisations leveraging the benefits of open source software to create bespoke applications in house or through third parties while managing the business risks of intellectual property, open source component licensing, copyrights, security vulnerability management, and operational risk.</p> <p>Martin is actively involved in the the open source software industry to help create best practices and industry standards for the adoption and management of open source based software through and OpenUK Industry Association for Software Asset Management (http://openuk.uk/), The Linux Foundation and Software Freedom Conservancy.</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;495.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact <a href="mailto:georgina.mccall@techuk.org">georgina.mccall@techuk.org</a>.</p>Contact: <a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13601&Itemid=373 How to Write and Deliver a Winning Pitch http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13601&Itemid=373 Wed, 01 Aug 2018 15:37:48 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Focusing on three situations: the Elevator Pitch, Introducing the Business and Pitching to Win <div class="tile tile-default event-tile exclude "> <div class="event-tile-panel"> <div class="row"> <div class="col-xs-12 text-left">Registration from 9am</div> </div> </div> </div> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>A one-day (CPD-accredited) training course that will transform the way you pitch yourself, your business and products and services - so what you say and how you say it is clearer, more powerful and more engaging.</p> <p>The course will focus on three key pitch situations: the Elevator Pitch, Introducing the Business and Pitching to Win. As well as refining delivery in each situation, delegates will leave with tools and approaches that will help them to continue to improve the way they write and deliver more compelling pitches and presentations in future.</p> <p>The day is spent learning how to use the tools and methodology and pitching live to a camera. The approach is designed to ensure delegates develop their skills and understanding, refine the pitches they prepared ahead of the training and become better and more confident communicators. As well as trying out new words and approaches on the day, delegates will also leave with a plan of action to take their pitches to the next level.</p> <p><strong>The 3 Pitch Situations in more detail</strong></p> <p><em>ELEVATOR PITCH &ndash; the first time you meet someone in a business setting where you explain what you and your business does.</em></p> <p><em>INTRODUCING the BUSINESS &ndash; where you are asked to present an overview of your business to a prospective client or to a panel.</em></p> <p><em>PITCHING to WIN &ndash; the moment you state your case for being selected, perhaps at the conclusion of a pitch or in answer to the question: &ldquo;Why should we pick you?&rdquo;</em></p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>The course is focused on real-world business situations and has been written to help those who play a role in promoting their business, who want to be better communicators and are open to constructive challenge.</p> <p>Attendees who will benefit include those:</p> <ul><li>Who have deep technical knowledge and expertise about their sector and/or products, but are pitching to a broader business community who may not have the same technical insight, and feel they can improve their ability to communicate verbally;</li> <li>Who find their role is evolving and requires them increasingly to be much more involved in presenting their business to customers at meetings, conferences and networking;</li> <li>Who find they habitually talk about features and don't know how to write pitches and proposals that focus on client benefits; and</li> <li>Who are competent presenters and want someone to constructively challenge their approach.</li> </ul><p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>At the end of the day attendees will:</p> <ul><li>Leave armed with 3 clearer and better pitches;</li> <li>Will have learned how to write a more compelling benefit-focused pitch;</li> <li>Will be better communicators; and</li> <li>Will have a personal improvement plan.</li> </ul><p>Delegates will subsequently have access to video recordings of their pitches and written guidance to drive personal improvement.</p> <p><strong>Course agenda</strong></p> <p>Part One &ndash; What does a &lsquo;good&rsquo; pitch read and sound like?</p> <ul><li>What is the purpose of a pitch and what qualities make a good Pitch?</li> <li>Elevator Pitch</li> <li>The importance of knowing your audience</li> <li>How to structure a pitch</li> </ul><p>Part Two &ndash; Present Your Business</p> <ul><li>4 minutes to present you business</li> <li>Each pitch will be filmed, and after everyone has had their turn, the group will review and critique each pitch using the criteria developed and agreed in Part One.</li> </ul><p>Part Three &ndash; Developing a Better Pitch</p> <ul><li>3 minutes to Pitch to Win.</li> <li>Each pitch will be filmed, and after everyone has had their turn, the group will review and critique each pitch using the criteria developed and agreed in Part One.</li> </ul><p><strong>Who is the Course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/7679-tony-treacy">Tony Treacy</a>&nbsp;is Managing Director of Pitch Factory. He brings a wealth of experience in marketing and communication gained working for international brands in both the business-to-business and business-to-consumer spaces and across many sectors including: telco, ISPs, technology manufacturing, retailing, automotive, aerospace, drinks, FMCG and luxury goods over the last 28 years.</p> <p><strong>Fee:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00<br>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13616&Itemid=260 Understanding and Engaging With Government http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13616&Itemid=260 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 14:43:37 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Understanding of how central government is structured and operated, and the culture in Whitehall. <p><strong>Early Bird discount of 20% applies if registration and payment are made by 15 November 2018</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Registration from 9.15am</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the understanding and engaging with government course?</strong></p> <p>This course will help give you a good understanding of how central government is structured and operated, and the culture in Whitehall, so that you can have confidence when interacting with government. We will look at successful ways to communicate with government, and methods that don&rsquo;t work so well.</p> <p>You will improve your knowledge of Whitehall which will enable you to build better relationships with civil servants and public servants, and improve your understanding of current public sector clients. We will look at the pressures that civil servants are under, what they have to consider when making decisions and what it&rsquo;s like working in the corridors of power. We will also look at the role of social media in communicating with government.</p> <p>The course is very interactive and there will be time to deal with specific situations that you would like to explore from your own experience. You will hear stories of things that went well (and badly!). For those who want to, there will be a chance to learn from role playing scenarios.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend the course?</strong></p> <p>Anyone who currently works with Whitehall, or would like to work with Whitehall or simply wants to know more about the culture of Whitehall and how to get the best out of relationships with public sector stakeholders.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You will develop:</p> <ul><li>confidence in dealing with Whitehall and central government</li> <li>clarity on how to communicate with government</li> <li>do&rsquo;s and don&rsquo;ts for working with Whitehall</li> <li>understanding of the Whitehall and public sector cultures and the political context</li> <li>a sense of what it&rsquo;s like to work with Ministers &amp; confidence in dealing with senior government stakeholders</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/11839-jo-clift" target="_blank">Jo Clift</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years&rsquo; experience at the heart of Whitehall. She spent a number of years in senior communications roles, including Head of Communications for the BSE Inquiry and then Press Secretary to Lord Falconer. She has worked closely with many ministers over the years, including Lord Peter Mandelson and Sir Oliver Letwin. She also worked at Number 10 in the Prime Minister&rsquo;s press office.</p> <p>Jo&rsquo;s other government roles include creating the Coalition Government&rsquo;s ICT strategy in 2011, developing a new model for corporate shared services across Whitehall, and leading on high level board appointments to public bodies. Jo gained private sector experience as a senior manager at Deloitte Consulting.</p> <p>Jo now works as a professional trainer, coach and business consultant specialising in communicating with and understanding government. She specializes in training senior executives for select committee appearances. She is a published writer on the civil service and Brexit.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Registration and coffee will be from 9.00-9.30am Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>Topics to be covered are:</p> <ul><li>How is central government structured</li> <li>What is it like being a civil servant &amp; what are the current challenges for Whitehall</li> <li>How to get your views heard in Whitehall</li> <li>Do&rsquo;s and don&rsquo;ts for communicating and working with Whitehall</li> <li>A guide to doing business with Ministers</li> <li>How to get the best from your stakeholders in government</li> <li>There will be a chance to focus on real life examples</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost?</strong></p> <p>techUK member- &pound;395 &amp; VAT</p> <p>Non techUK member- &pound;595 &amp; VAT</p>Contact: <a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13853&Itemid=295 How to achieve more in less time http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13853&Itemid=295 Tue, 04 Sep 2018 14:04:16 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Helping you to find a practical and effective action plan to achieve more in less time <p><strong>Early bird discount of 25% applies if registration and payment by 16 December 2018</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;<em>&lsquo;I wish there were more hours in the day&rsquo;</em><br><em>&lsquo;I wish I didn&rsquo;t have so much to do all the time&rsquo;</em></p> <p>In today&rsquo;s continually fast-moving business environment; company founders and employees need better support to continually get the most from often strained and limited resources, and if that sounds like you; then you need this very practical, often life changing workshop!</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>It is loaded with practical methods to develop, refine and execute a more effective and efficient use of your precious time and resource at both individual and company level in an ambitious high-pressure business or department. Our expert trainer will help you leave the course with clear steps to achieve more output from less of your time, resource and energy.</p> <p>The course is adapted by our expert trainer from a module within his degree level Institute of Leadership &amp; Management (ILM) accredited Leadership Development Programme which has received excellent delivery ratings. It delivers a delicate blend of theory whilst helping delegates to create practical, actionable activities which are easy to implement for driving improved individual and business performance outcomes with less stress!</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Anyone who wishes there were more hours in the day, or less work to do!<br>It is for entrepreneurs, business leaders and employees in large, medium or small companies who wish to learn practical ways to reduce stress whilst improving productivity and life-work balance.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Attendee course outcomes</strong></p> <ul><li>How to get the greatest return and greatest reward from your efforts</li> <li>What to do first when you see so many opportunities without enough hours in the day</li> <li>How to manage the tasks that &lsquo;only you&rsquo; can do</li> <li>How to delegate and ensure your high standards aren&rsquo;t lowered by others</li> <li>How to increase productivity, sales and profit without having to employ more people</li> <li>How to drive the business and do your day job without working long hours</li> <li>Avoid working long hours on a never-ending to-do list</li> <li>Gain the right level of recognition and reward for your efforts</li> <li>Understand how you and your colleagues can contribute better towards clearly defined goals</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Agenda</strong></p> <p>We will explore and develop simple action plans across the following topics;</p> <ul><li>Effective delegation including quality control of what you delegate</li> <li>Creating an environment which maximises the impact and potential of your team</li> <li>Personal time efficiency: inbox, phone and calendar activity planning with strategic prioritising</li> <li>Forward capacity and resource planning</li> <li>Outsource efficiencies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Course Leader</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10091-daryl-woodhouse">Daryl Woodhouse</a>&nbsp;enjoys wearing several hats every week as a Key Note Speaker, Business Strategist, ILM accredited Leadership Trainer, and Inspirational Mentor.</p> <p>Daryl&rsquo;s time is highly sought after not least from winning numerous awards for his work helping business leaders and entrepreneurs accelerate success, including being voted as a top 50 UK business adviser. As if he doesn&rsquo;t sound busy enough; whilst being a proud father to three young children, Daryl even found time to co-write the five-star rated business success guide Creating Business Advantage!</p> <p>To pursue his passion for developing people and helping companies scale up more sustainably and more easily, Daryl left a successful corporate career in various leadership, strategy and training roles to set up Advantage Business Partnerships Ltd in January 2012. ABP is now an internationally award-winning group with a 25-strong team of leading trainers, coaches, mentors and consultants supporting a range of companies from large corporates, to scale ups and early stage start-ups.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider</strong></p> <p>&ldquo;<em>Professional and structured services to help you grow your business. I can&rsquo;t recommend them enough.&rdquo;&nbsp;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Matt Perkins,&nbsp;<strong>FreeAgent</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;<em>ABP are highly professional and have a strong understanding of all issues around the SME space. Daryl has as a focussed approach to his work and puts his customers at the heart of all he does</em>.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Andrew Charnley - Head of Region, Trade &amp; Working Capital,&nbsp;<strong>Lloyds Banking Group</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;<em>ABP are a pleasure to work with. Daryl and his team are agile, proactive and have developed a great strategy for working with scale</em>.&rdquo;&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Ravi Goodimal - Head of Market &amp; Grant Thornton, Former Associate Director,&nbsp;<strong>Growth Accelerator</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;<em>Our revenue has more than doubled. Now, we have a clear, focused business plan, and a better work-life balance</em>&rdquo;.&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Director,&nbsp;<strong>Kaizen Furniture</strong></em></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp; Now &pound;296.25</p> <p>Non Members - WAs&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp; Now &pound;446.25</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13604&Itemid=372 Getting a return on investment from Social Media http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13604&Itemid=372 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 11:20:50 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org The course will unlock the world of social media. <p>Registration from 9.15am</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course About?</strong></p> <p>While a powerful case can be made for the importance of social media, many companies are struggling with this channel.</p> <ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp;How can a business justify the time and effort spent on social media when it cannot see where the return on investment is coming?</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; Without the correct metrics to measure and manage the effectiveness of social media how can any spend be rationalised?</li> </ul><p>While businesses struggle with these questions, social media is becoming too important for companies to ignore. It has become a major provider of information for a vast majority of the population. Whether it is current affairs, what TV shows are currently hot or looking for advice about new products and services, an increasing number of individuals are relying on social platforms as a source of knowledge.</p> <p>This course will unlock the world of social media. It will ensure delegates understand exactly why companies need to be on social media. It will provide attendees with the strategic thinking they need to employ in order to make social media work effectively. Participants will feel empowered in how they can utilise social media and get a return on investment for their organisations.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Should Attend?</strong></p> <p>You should consider this course if you want a strategic understanding of how social media works, its importance today and how it can be used effectively.</p> <p>&bull; Board level, Senior Management &amp; Business Leaders</p> <p>&bull; Owner/Managers</p> <p>&bull; CMOs, Marketing Directors, Marketing Managers and other Marketing Personnel</p> <p>&bull; Individuals who want to improve their understanding of social media</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Outcome?</strong></p> <p>&bull; Obtain a real insight and understanding of how marketing communications have changed</p> <p>&bull; Learn the three rules required for your marketing communications to work</p> <p>&bull; Be provided with a mechanism for defining your tone of voice online</p> <p>&bull; Receive effective KPIs and measurements for tracking online performance</p> <p>&bull; Discover techniques for creating compelling content on a budget and without taking up too much time</p> <p>&bull; Find out how to cut through the noise and get noticed</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp;Why social media has become vital for every organisation</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The business rules that need to be utilised to make social media work</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; How to develop a &lsquo;tone of voice&rsquo; online that will capture your target market&rsquo;s imagination</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The metrics for how to measure social media effectively</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The strategic thinking required in order to make social media a powerful channel</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; How to implement a social media strategy</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The role of content in social media</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; Tactics to get noticed and not disappear with the other &lsquo;noise&rsquo;</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The role of your website</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Is the Course Leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13098-grant-leboff" target="_blank">Grant Leboff</a>&nbsp;is one of the U.K's leading Sales and Marketing experts. Having built a successful direct marketing company, which he started in 2002, Grant sold it in 2008. As well as undertaking work as a Non Executive Director, he now has a number of other business interests. Sticky Marketing Club&reg; Ltd, is a sales and marketing consultancy providing companies with the strategies to thrive in an increasingly competitive world. Grant is a highly sought after consultant and speaker, and constantly makes presentations at conferences and events all over the world.&nbsp;He is a regular contributor to many business magazines and newspapers.&nbsp;</p> <p>A thought leader in his field, Leboff's main focus is to address the massive changes that are taking place in a world that is constantly being introduced to new technologies and an evolving World Wide Web. He continually challenges Sales &amp; Marketing conventions that become accepted wisdom, but don&rsquo;t necessarily deliver results.</p> <p>Amongst others, he has been featured in the Daily Telegraph, The Independent, The Financial Times, The Daily Mirror and The Sun. He has appeared on BBC Radio on numerous occasions as well as being featured on a significant number of US radio networks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p>Today I came away&nbsp;<strong>inspired</strong>&nbsp;by&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/grantleboff/"><strong>Grant Leboff</strong></a>&nbsp;and his views on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/search/results/content/?keywords=%23marketing&amp;origin=HASH_TAG_FROM_FEED"><strong>#marketing</strong></a>&nbsp;and the future of what that means for&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/search/results/content/?keywords=%23business&amp;origin=HASH_TAG_FROM_FEED"><strong>#business</strong></a>.</p> <p style="text-align:right"><strong>Robyn MacMillan</strong>, 8 February 2018. <em>[LinkedIn]</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fantastic</strong>&nbsp;training at Keele today with&nbsp;<a href="https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@grantleboff</strong></a>. Are you ready for a marketing paradigm shift?</p> <p style="text-align:right"><strong>Adam Whitehouse,</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://twitter.com/ARWhitehouse13">@ARWhitehouse13</a>,&nbsp;7 February 2018.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13812&Itemid=373 Winning Demos Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13812&Itemid=373 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 14:29:47 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Covering the complete pre-sales cycle for a killer execution <p><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 29 December 2018</strong></p> <h3>Discovery, Design and Delivery of Software Demos that Win Business</h3> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Winning Demos Masterclass?</strong></p> <p>Many product demonstrations focus on features and functions and ultimately are in danger of become a training session. This style of demonstrating is highly ineffective. Based on twenty years of pre-sales experience Winning Demos (TM) is a tried and tested methodology which covers the complete pre-sales cycle from effective discovery meetings to the execution of a killer pre-sales technical product presentation and demo.</p> <p>You will leave with practical and repeatable tools for efficient demo planning and preparation. You will learn how to differentiate your solution in a competitive market place by reinforcing and complementing existing sales processes with strategies that produce quick and effective rapid results. Ultimately this means you will shorten the sales cycle and close business faster.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <ul><li>Pre-sales staff</li> <li>Software engineers</li> <li>Technical architects</li> <li>Sales professionals who have the challenge of selling complex solutions in highly competitive markets.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You will learn and practice tried, tested and proven pre-sales discovery and demonstration skills which will enable you to:</p> <ul><li>Sell value during the demo and presentation by tailoring the business process to the needs of the different personality types in the room</li> <li>Adopt a demo style to the prospects business issues and not go into irrelevant technical detail</li> <li>Engage the prospect through mixing the mode of delivery from flipchart to PC demo to round the table discussion</li> <li>Raise your game by learning best practice techniques</li> <li>Learn communication models based on techniques and tools which influence, change behaviour, motivate and get results</li> </ul><p>The goal of Winning Demos (TM) is to deliver a practical, proven set of skills, tools and procedures that can immediately be put to use to improve your business's demo-to-win ratio.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Topics to be covered:</strong></p> <ul><li>Mapping discovery meeting findings</li> <li>Crafting a compelling demo scenario</li> <li>'Less is more'</li> <li>Establishing hooks</li> <li>Hitting different buyers buttons</li> <li>Demo scripts and checklists</li> <li>Creating scenario checkpoints</li> <li>Powerful webinars</li> <li>Demo crimes</li> <li>Combining different presentation tools</li> <li>Taking and maintaining control</li> <li>Presenting to a mixed audience and keeping them interested</li> <li>Objection handling</li> <li>Role-play</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director at Winning Demos and Beyond. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion. Her courses are based on best practice experience (Salma has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;<del>&pound;395.00</del>&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;<del>&pound;595.00</del>&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here to check first&nbsp;</a>to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13743&Itemid=373 Writing Effective Reports and Proposals http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13743&Itemid=373 Fri, 17 Aug 2018 08:41:16 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org In this workshop, you’ll learn how to use reports and proposals to communicate confidently <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The written word is a powerful business tool that can help you improve relationships, develop your credibility and influence others. In this workshop, you&rsquo;ll learn how to use reports and proposals to communicate confidently with a range of readers.</p> <p>Many internal and external clients require written materials in order to evaluate whether to go ahead with a set of recommendations. If your document isn&rsquo;t coherent or convincing, you may fail to get the result you want &ndash; no matter how good your ideas are.</p> <p>The workshop features guidance in structuring your argument for the page and developing a clear, effective style. We&rsquo;ll practice planning, drafting, editing, so that by the end of the day you&rsquo;ll have tackled the whole process. All the teaching points will be illustrated by examples. Throughout the workshop, you&rsquo;ll have the opportunity to test out techniques in practical exercises as a group, in pairs and individually.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Sales professionals who want to write winning proposals.</li> <li>Consultants who want to present written recommendations with credibility.</li> <li>Any professionals who want to demonstrate their expertise on the page</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>By the end of the workshop, you&rsquo;ll be able to take control over your own writing process, including managing the time it takes. You&rsquo;ll be able to evaluate what makes a good sentence, paragraph or document. Moreover, you&rsquo;ll have a range of tools to help you write persuasive reports and proposals.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9:00am</p> <ul><li>Understanding and refining the process &ndash; planning, drafting, editing.</li> <li>Identifying your objective &ndash; what do you want your reader to do?</li> <li>Writing from your reader&rsquo;s perspectiveStructuring and signposting your points.</li> <li>Practising planning your report, drafting an introduction/executive summary and editing another participant&rsquo;s copy.</li> <li>Using correct grammar and punctuation.</li> <li>Developing a clear, plain English style.</li> <li>Producing an attractive, easy-to-read layout</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10060-karen-glossop" target="_blank">Karen Glossop&rsquo;s</a>&nbsp;expertise lies in coaching people to explore different approaches to how they present their messages, whether they're writing words on the page or speaking to a live audience. Since 1997, she has tutored groups and individuals in areas such as: influencing, presentation skills, facilitation skills, business writing, personal impact, storytelling, creativity and leadership.</p> <p>Karen is an Associate Tutor at London Business School and Said Business School, Oxford. She is also a Consultant at the Centre of Charity Effectiveness, Cass Business School. Recent clients include: KBC Group NV; Safer London; Great Ormond Street Hospital Children&rsquo;s Charity; Flag Communications; Transport for London; Birkbeck, University of London; Price Waterhouse Coopers; Forrester Research; Microsoft; QAD, Europe; Domestic &amp; General.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p><em>&ldquo;The course was really good, I thought that Karen was a brilliant tutor and I left the course feeling very motivated. Thank you for everything.&rdquo;</em></p> <p><em><strong><em>Jo Stobbs</em></strong><em>, Unilever, Portfolio &amp; Programme Management Office</em></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>&ldquo;Good course! I will recommend it to my colleagues!&rdquo;</em></p> <p><em><strong>Alex Biewenga</strong>, Phillips ED&amp;T</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;395.00 + VAT</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;595.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org." target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</a></strong></p>Contact: <a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13750&Itemid=372 Mobile Video Pro (iPhone or Android) - Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13750&Itemid=372 Fri, 17 Aug 2018 11:04:15 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A course by Alex Pell, former tech editor of The Sunday Times and founder of Dashboard Media <p><span style="color:#ff0000"><strong>10% early-bird discount if registration and payment are both completed by 30 December 2018</strong></span></p> <h3>Everyone who attends the course on this date will receive a free mobile-video kit (worth &pound;249).</h3> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The Mobile Video Pro masterclass will empower you to shoot, edit, or share fantastic footage with nothing but your handset. Video is the most powerful way to showcase your business and so it makes perfect sense to learn how to do this with the camera that&rsquo;s always in your pocket &ndash; a phone.&nbsp;You will also discover the apps or gadgets that unlock truly professional results in just a single day.</p> <p>Dashboard Media is London's top mobile-video training agency. Since 2011, we have kickstarted the creativity of many of the UK's best-known brands. Our courses deliver instant skills-acceleration with plenty of 'practical playtime&rsquo; because the best way to learn anything is to get your hands dirty and have fun. We believe in small groups and so there are no more than a dozen delegates at this event.</p> <p>Mobile Video Pro is the original and best training of its type in the UK. This is a proven programme that has helped hundreds of people to achieve amazing things. Come along and find out why.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>You will learn to:</strong>&nbsp;</p> <ul><li>Plan video shoots that work in all conditions</li> </ul><ul><li>Capture footage that&rsquo;s rock-solid and pin-sharp</li> </ul><ul><li>Record clear audio with &lsquo;mobile&rsquo; mics</li> </ul><ul><li>Edit on the phone with voiceover or titles</li> </ul><ul><li>Publish straight onto social channels</li> </ul><ul><li>Broadcast live with Facebook or Instagram</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>We&rsquo;ve given up guessing why people need to make more videos. What we do know is that Mobile Video Pro has enabled hundreds of our clients to meet their business goals, whatever these may be. Here are just a few inspiring examples. What will you do with your new skills?</p> <ul><li><strong>British Gas</strong>&nbsp;fixes boilers faster because its engineers now share instructional video-clips</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>Queen Mary University</strong>&nbsp;gives sneak previews of projects its scientists are cooking-up in the lab</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>Save the Children</strong>&nbsp;field-workers reveal the truth about emergency situations as they unfold</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>The Foreign and Commonwealth Office</strong>&nbsp;showcases events at British embassies around the globe</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>UBS</strong>&nbsp;sells its invaluable financial insights into media outlets as news stories go live</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>The Football Association</strong>&nbsp;publishes social interviews with England players on foreign trips</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>English Heritage</strong>&nbsp;captures the flavour of events that it runs at the UK&rsquo;s historic monuments</li> </ul><ul><li><a href="https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/" target="_blank"><strong>The Canal &amp; River Trust</strong></a>&nbsp;is making a &lsquo;<a href="https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/enjoy-the-waterways/boating/a-guide-to-boating/boaters-handbook" target="_blank">video-handbook</a>&rsquo; as an accessible resource for boaters</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p>This event will be led by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/11755-alex-pell" target="_blank">Alex Pell</a>, former tech editor of The Sunday Times and founder of Dashboard Media, London&rsquo;s top creative-skills accelerator. Alex has also edited Stuff Magazine, the world's best-selling consumer tech title, and has an invaluable gift for making even the most complex ideas simple. In 2015, he won the &lsquo;People&rsquo;s Choice&rsquo; Webby Award for urban innovation and the JustGiving &lsquo;Tech for Good&rsquo; Award as co-founder of SnapDonate, the fintech fundraising app. The Mobile Video Pro course was co-devised by Richard Taylor, founding editor of Click, the BBC's flagship tech-brand.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials:</strong></p> <p>Watch how Mobile Video Pro helps Cancer Research UK tell incredible stories</p> <p><iframe height="350" src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/t3kJ4aAocnQ" width="425"></iframe></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;I have personally never before come away from a training course feeling so excited.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Martin McGlown</strong>, Head of Regional Press, Cancer Research UK</em></p> <p>&ldquo;Thank you for the excellent training. The group took a great deal away from these sessions &ndash; and naturally they all wanted a bit longer&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Kate Burnham</strong>, Digital Training &amp; Upskilling Officer, Foreign &amp; Commonwealth Office</em></p> <p>&ldquo;Dashboard Media is the best-kept secret in training. It has created inspirational courses for lots of our editorial teams. This is a classy operation&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Will Findlater</strong>, Editor-in-Chief, Haymarket Creative Solutions</em></p> <p><strong>What is the cost</strong></p> <p>techUK Members -&nbsp;&pound;399.00 + VAT<br> Non Members - &pound;599.00 + VAT<br> &nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What are the requirements for attending the course?</strong></p> <p>You will need to free up at least 500MB of storage and pre-install two apps. And don't forget to charge the battery.<br><br> For iPhone owners, the two apps you need are: Apple iMovie (free) and FiLMic Pro (&pound;14.99). If you have an iPhone 7 or newer, then kindly also bring your Lightning headphone-adaptor.<br><br> If you own an Android handset, there are two versions of the FiLMic app. To see which one is right for you, please download the free&nbsp;<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.filmic.compatibilitytest&amp;hl=en_GB" target="_blank">FiLmic Evaluator</a>&nbsp;app (see below) as it will identify which one you should buy.&nbsp;</p> <p><br> Android fans will also need to pre-install the&nbsp;<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.cyberlink.powerdirector.DRA140225_01&amp;hl=en_GB" target="_blank">PowerDirector</a>&nbsp;app (&pound;4.99) for the editing section of the course.</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org">Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13725&Itemid=295 Coaching Skills for Technical Managers and Leaders http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13725&Itemid=295 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 10:24:08 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Gain greater understanding of how to apply technical skills in a creative way <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by&nbsp;5 January 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Coaching Skills for Technical Managers and Leaders</strong></p> <p>This course will improve your understanding of what coaching is, specifically targeted to the technical mind-set, giving you the skills to coach and motivate your team to high performance and get results.</p> <p>According to research, those in technical roles, typically possess a drive to analyse and explore a system, figuring out how things work, processes or what the underlying causes. These are great skills to have and many of the world&rsquo;s best companies have discovered how to get the best from this kind of person. On the contrary being a great coach is all about empathy and asking powerful questions which guide the person being coached through the issue.</p> <p>Add to this the fact that some in tech role can also be highly creative (picture Bill Gates) and have the ability to focus with great intensity in one area and also see innovative ideas, patterns and possibilities that would likely be missed by the rest of us.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Our workshop is aimed primarily at those who are responsible for managing and leading 'technical' teams. The course will be beneficial to both existing managers and those who are transitioning or interested in moving into a leadership and management role. It will also be of interest to anyone who needs to bridge the communication gap between front end sales and the technical team.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Soft Skills 4Tech and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br> Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>Specifically tailored to the technical mindset the course will cover the following:</p> <ul><li>What is coaching?</li> <li>Understanding the coachee</li> <li>Coaching tools to suit the coachee</li> <li>When should you coach?</li> <li>Applying a coaching model</li> <li>Coaching to get results</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non-Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13745&Itemid=373 Copywriting for Sales and Marketing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13745&Itemid=373 Fri, 17 Aug 2018 09:02:10 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This workshop will help you develop a complete process for creating effective copy <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>This workshop will help you develop a complete process for creating effective copy &ndash; from interpreting a brief to writing the copy itself.</p> <p>The course will explore preparation and starting points. What useful connections are there between your product and target reader? What impact do you want to make? What action do you want the reader to take? With these objectives in mind, we will examine different possible structures for different types of documents &ndash; online copy, press releases, brochure copy, brand ads and others.</p> <p>We will then focus on producing clear, easy-to-read copy. We will test out different approaches for joining together ideas and images as building blocks, with the ultimate aim of persuading the reader. This will include ways of deploying tone, emotion and key phrases for the right results.</p> <p>There will be practical exercises throughout the course, with an emphasis on sharing best practice.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>&middot; Professionals who write online content or other documents for selling products or services.</p> <p>&middot; Sales professionals who want to be as persuasive on the page as they are in person</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>By the end of the workshop, you&rsquo;ll have gained new approaches to preparation that you&rsquo;ll be able to apply across different media. You&rsquo;ll have evolved a process that is creative, collaborative and organised. You&rsquo;ll be able to avoid clich&eacute;s, and opt for a fresh style to get your brand across in a memorable way.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>&middot; Coffee and Registration from 9:00am</p> <p>&middot; Interpreting a brief successfully</p> <p>&middot; Understanding your target reader &ndash; identifying their desires &amp; fears</p> <p>&middot; Planning and assembling creative ideas</p> <p>&middot; Turning product features into benefits</p> <p>&middot; Developing a theme or story</p> <p>&middot; Drafting copy</p> <p>&middot; Choosing the right tone and style</p> <p>&middot; Building rapport with your target readers</p> <p>&middot; Trigger words and phrases &ndash; get attention and hold interest</p> <p>&middot; Understanding incentives &ndash; converting desire to action</p> <p>&middot; Editing your own and other people&rsquo;s copy</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10060-karen-glossop" target="_blank">Karen Glossop</a>&rsquo;s expertise lies in coaching people to explore different approaches to how they present their messages, whether they're writing words on the page or speaking to a live audience. Since 1997, she has tutored groups and individuals in areas such as: influencing, presentation skills, facilitation skills, business writing, personal impact, storytelling, creativity and leadership. Karen is an Associate Tutor at London Business School and Said Business School, Oxford. She is also a Consultant at the Centre of Charity Effectiveness, Cass Business School. Recent clients include: KBC Group NV; Safer London; Great Ormond Street Hospital Children&rsquo;s Charity; Flag Communications; Transport for London; Birkbeck, University of London; Price Waterhouse Coopers; Forrester Research; Microsoft; QAD, Europe; Domestic &amp; General.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p><em>&ldquo;Karen was very good, I really loved her way of presenting things &amp; getting me to think. It was an enjoyable &amp; informative way of training.&rdquo;&nbsp;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Sophie Griffiths</strong>&nbsp;&ndash; Rated People</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members- &pound;395.00 + VAT &nbsp;</p> <p>Non Members- &pound;595.00 +VAT&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13728&Itemid=295 Leadership for Technical Managers http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13728&Itemid=295 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 10:54:57 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course is designed to improve business insight and leadership and management skills <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 12 January 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Leadership Skills course?</strong></p> <p>This course is designed to improve business insight and leadership and management skills. It will enable key members of your technical, consultancy and sales support team to develop their leadership and commercial skills.</p> <p>This course will help participants to create a work environment that encourages commitment, innovation and co-operation. Delegates will be gaining an insight into effective leadership and acquire the skills to manage, guide and develop a technical or consultancy team to achieve success.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Our workshop is aimed primarily at those who are responsible for managing and leading 'technical' teams. The course will be beneficial to both existing managers and those who are transitioning or interested in moving into a leadership and management role. It will also be of interest to anyone who needs to bridge the communication gap between front end sales and the technical team.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Beyond and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, PeopleSoft and Dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br> Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The following topics will be covered:</p> <ul><li>Understanding the difference between leading and managing a technical team</li> <li>Building credibility and trust as a leader</li> <li>Developing a powerful personal leadership brand</li> <li>Identifying your strength and derailleurs &nbsp;</li> <li>Motivating a team to success</li> <li>Communication strategies for a variety of situations</li> <li>Managing teams through change</li> <li>Managing remote and virtual teams</li> <li>Developing a team through coaching</li> <li>Understanding stress management and conflict resolution</li> <li>Dealing with difficult personalities</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non-Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">here&nbsp;</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14434&Itemid=521 Client feedback: think again http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14434&Itemid=521 Thu, 06 Dec 2018 10:02:51 +0000 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Use client feedback to revolutionise your client business <p><span style="color:#FF0000"><strong>New Course</strong> - 20% Limited Time Discount applies for registrations before 13 January 2019</span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Registration: from 09:00</p> <p><strong>What this course is about</strong></p> <p>This course will introduce you to client feedback as a dynamic tool to both safeguard and grow your client relationships. You will learn how to use client feedback strategically and tactically. At the end of the course you will have a set of tools to help you get started.</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Do you know&hellip;</p> <ul><li>&nbsp;where will your growth come from in the next three years?</li> <li>&nbsp;if your customer relationships provide a firm foundation for that growth?</li> <li>&nbsp;if your share of client spend is increasing or decreasing?</li> <li>&nbsp;what your clients think of your service now?</li> <li>&nbsp;&hellip; and what they&rsquo;ll think in three years?</li> <li>&nbsp;if your competitors are developing relationships with your clients?</li> </ul><p>If you can answer these questions positively and confidently, this course is not for you. If not, join us.</p> <p><strong>Who will attend?</strong></p> <p>This course has been designed for those in B2B organisations who want to answer the questions above positively. This could include Business Leaders, Marketing Directors, Business Development Directors, or Client Services Directors.</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>By the end of this half day course you will know:</p> <ul><li>&nbsp;what client feedback can deliver for your business;</li> <li>&nbsp;where to start;</li> <li>&nbsp;how to choose which clients to approach;</li> <li>&nbsp;how to get client feedback;</li> <li>&nbsp;what to do with the results.</li> </ul><p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;What do you need to know to help you achieve your business goals?</li> <li>&nbsp;Where in your business will that information be most useful?</li> <li>&nbsp;What is the best way to ask your clients for that information?</li> <li>&nbsp;How can you translate client feedback into better and bigger client business?</li> </ul><p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/14089-caroline-rose" target="_blank">Caroline Rose</a>, Managing Director, Client Insight</p> <p>Caroline is the founder of Client Insight. She is passionate about the power of client feedback to bring about positive change in businesses.</p> <p>Before setting up Client Insight Caroline was Lead for client feedback services in the Europe Region of Arup, a global engineering consulting organisation employing over 10,000 staff in 37 countries. In this role she was responsible for all feedback policy, practice and systems, as well as feedback analytics to the Group Board.</p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/14090-jane-heritage" target="_blank">Jane Heritage</a>,&nbsp;Consulting Director,&nbsp;Client Insight</p> <p>Jane Heritage works with linking the motivation and behaviour of an organisation&rsquo;s staff with its purpose and business strategy.</p> <p>Jane is passionate about the importance of organisations getting lasting value and useful action from their feedback programmes. As Client Insight&rsquo;s Consulting Director she works with our clients to understand their strategic and tactical needs and designs their feedback programmes to yield practical sustainable outcomes.</p> <p>Before joining Client Insight Jane worked at PricewaterhouseCoopers and Barclays Bank as a chartered accountant and then an organisation development consultant. After gaining her Masters in Organisation Consulting from Ashridge she established her own consultancy, where she worked with clients including Atos Consulting, Simmons &amp; Simmons, Danone and Nokia.</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>Members:<strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;</strong>&pound;295 + VAT</p> <p>Non-Members:<strong>&nbsp; &nbsp;</strong>&pound;495 + VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14274&Itemid=521 Employment Status: £½million lost http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14274&Itemid=521 Tue, 06 Nov 2018 09:51:42 +0000 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Don't let the taxman take half a million pounds of your hard earned money <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Understand why employment status really matters; It's the tax and not the employment claims which can often be the real pain for you. Over &pound;&frac12;million could be at stake if you have 10 contractors earning just &pound;35k and it has been worked out incorrectly, even on the basis they have paid all their tax!</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Whoever is responsible for dealing with challenges from HMRC that some of your contractors are in fact, self-employed.&nbsp;</p> <p>This course is for anyone who missed the evening taster session that ran on 27th November 2018 - it will encompass the employment status overview as well as undergo a more in-depth investigation.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <ul><li>Understand how to deal with who is a contractor and who is an employee.</li> <li>Stop wasting hundreds of hours arguing with HMRC.</li> <li>Avoid tens of thousands of pounds in fees (if not more) and hundreds of hours of lost time.</li> <li>Most of all, avoid sleepless nights worrying about a knock on the door by HMRC.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>A review of the key cases on which every employment status case stands.</p> <p>The four cornerstones being:</p> <ul><li>Mutuality of obligations</li> <li>Control</li> <li>Business / Financial matters; and</li> <li>Substitution</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Why it matters &ndash; who pays and how much is at stake? How do you get to &pound;&frac12; million when the contractors are tax compliant?</p> <p>Does the contract matter?</p> <p>Are there non-tax considerations?</p> <p>What are the recent key cases (and what themes can be learnt from them)?</p> <p>What questions to ask?</p> <p>How to deal with HMRC &ndash; What are their concerns?</p> <p>Doesn't a personal service company solve the problem?</p> <p>What was announced at the Budget? The recent changes&hellip;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/14286-john-dunlop" target="_blank">John Dunlop (Tax Partner at DAC Beachcroft)</a></p> <p>John is the head of tax at DAC Beachcroft with nearly 20 years of experience advising on tax issues. This issue has been a very pertinent one in the public sector and John acts for a wide variety of household names in this area. He therefore has very recent and relevant experience in this area.</p> <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members- &pound;295.00 + VAT</p> <p>Non-Members<strong>-</strong> &pound;495.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider</strong></p> <p><em>John is a recognised practitioner by Chambers and Partners</em></p> <p><em>"DACB led our response to an investigation with HMRC into the self-employed status covering a significant part of our workforce.&#8239; They brought significant experience to both the subject matter and the investigation process itself and managed our activities in a way that enabled us to be well prepared and briefed at all times.&#8239; Of note was the way they maintained the pressure on all parties to drive the investigation to a &lsquo;speedy&rsquo; satisfactory conclusion"&nbsp;<strong>FD of healthtech business.</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">click here</a>&nbsp;to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p>Contact: <a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13665&Itemid=295 Essential Contract Law for IT Professionals http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13665&Itemid=295 Wed, 08 Aug 2018 08:49:38 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org What you absolutely must know to get by <p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Early Bird Disscount of 10% if you register and pay before 19 January</strong></span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Understanding the fundamentals of contract law is becoming more and more important to software companies: contracts are getting longer and more detailed and the risk of pitfalls increases with every step. Contracts are not just for the bottom draw, but are a living part of any commercial relationship and everyone involved in delivery needs to be aware of the impact of what they do when interacting with business partners. You don't need to be a legal wizard to know every point, but you do need to know what the major risk areas are &ndash; what are the points to avoid, which are the ones to look out for and when you need to take advice. Most important of all, you need to know what steps you can take to minimise your commercial risks and run a set of contracts.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is aimed at anyone who comes into contact with contracts &ndash; in particular those people responsible for negotiating them and agreeing terms. It will therefore be of interest to those working in bid teams, account managers and senior executives.</p> <p>During the course of the day, the course leader will take delegates through all stages of a project, from entering into a contract through to termination, taking in all the various risk areas along the way. The most important part of the day is working through the workshop scenarios &ndash; real scenarios taken from real-life cases &ndash; to illustrate what can go wrong and what steps can be taken to avoid or minimise the risks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The sessions and workshop scenarios will go through the following crucial areas:</p> <ul><li>How to enter into a contract &ndash; what do you need to get a binding contract, the "battle of the forms" &ndash; and how to win it.</li> <li>How not to enter into a contract &ndash; doing so unwittingly, "letters of intent", "heads of agreement", "MOU's".</li> <li>Tendering, misrepresentation, entire agreement clauses &ndash; a threat and an opportunity, timescales and milestones, promises about scope which cannot be met.</li> <li>How the courts interpret contracts &ndash; why they might not mean what you think they mean.</li> <li>Meaning of common expressions &ndash; reasonable endeavours, good faith, orders of precedence, agreements to agree, implied terms, change control and scope creep.</li> <li>Limits of liability, "penalty" clauses, liquidated damages, the Unfair Contract Terms Act, direct and indirect/consequential loss, loss of profits.</li> <li>The end-game &ndash; force majeure, material breach, repudiatory breach, termination, "boilerplate" provisions &ndash; and what happens if you terminate when you are not entitled to.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens" target="_blank">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>"At HPD, we found the course provided by Richard Stephens to be invaluable. His clear delivery of the key facts, with real examples of how things can go wrong, were really easy to get to grips with and everyone who took part, from account managers to senior executives, really found the course insightful; it will certainly shape much of our day to day operation. Having your eyes open in any contractual matters is both good for your business and for your clients. I would certainly recommend this course to anyone in the Information Technology delivery market."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Kevin Day</strong>, COO at HPD Software Limited</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"I work with contracts on a daily basis, and this course has given me a more thorough understanding of the basics of English contract law. Richard Stephens is incredibly experienced and pitches this course at just the right level and tempo."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>David Shaw</strong>, Mapping Specialist, Paragon Software Systems plc</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">your company is a member of techUK</a>, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</p> <p>This course is also available for presentation in-house, where we can offer a special discounted rate. Please contact Georgina McCall for more details.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13803&Itemid=295 GDPR - Upheaval or more of the same? http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13803&Itemid=295 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:52:07 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org GDPR - The basic and fundamental principles <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The GDPR has slowly come upon us, leaving many businesses, especially SME's, confused. The Regulation is effective as of 25 May 2018, yet it is long and detailed, while leaving some matters to domestic legislation, and leaving other principles vague. It is not an easy read, or one that most SME's would want to undertake - but it is so crucial to modern business that everyone needs some understanding of its principles - from the Board of Directors down to the humblest operative in the IT Department. It is not just a question of avoiding big fines, but a question of following modern best practice - because it is not just government, but ordinary people, who expect compliance with data protection law in the modern world.</p> <p>Unlike other courses, this one is aimed at the tech industry in particular, concentrating on what is of importance to those operating in that sector, such as those offering cloud services, outsourcing, development or integration.</p> <p>This course is run by Richard Stephens, already well known for his detailed, practical and informative courses on commercial law, and he is bringing those same qualities to this course on the GDPR.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Most people in a modern business will have some contact with data, whether collecting it, processing it or negotiating or administering contracts for processing data. So this course is for everyone.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course will take delegates through the basic principles of the GDPR and will introduce the fundamental principles. More than just a recitation of the GDPR's provisions, reference is made where appropriate to the abundant guidance available on aspects of the GDPR, both from national and EU supervisory bodies and from other third parties. The course is accompanied by Q&amp;A sessions, allowing delegates to apply their existing knowledge and discuss difficult areas e.g. how the GDPR applies to cloud providers.</p> <p>Delegates will come away with a sound knowledge of the basics and a good grasp of how it applies to the tech sector, as well as an understanding of what steps need to be taken to ensure compliance with the law.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The course looks at the following areas among others:</p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; territorial scope of the GDPR</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; basic principles:</li> </ul><ul style="list-style-type: square;"><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; consent&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; lawfulness of processing</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; legitimate interests</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Security and breach notification</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;the individual's "new" rights</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;notices</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;access, rectification and portability</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;rights to object</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;automated decision making and profiling</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;transferring data</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;supervision and enforcement</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members -&nbsp;&pound;295.00</p> <p>Non Members -&nbsp;&pound;495.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">your company is a member of techUK</a>, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13876&Itemid=295 Project management made easy http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13876&Itemid=295 Thu, 06 Sep 2018 14:12:12 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This is project management for busy people in busy businesses <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 25% applies if registration and payment are made by 21 January 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>In most businesses &ndash; whether FTSE 100 or high tech start up &ndash; most work is undertaken in small projects. Despite them being vital to business success, these projects lack the luxury of a full-time team of &lsquo;project experts&rsquo; and are often conducted on an unstructured, informal basis. As often with a fear of the &lsquo;unknown&rsquo;, many assume that project management methodologies are be costly, bureaucratic and will stifle entrepreneurial activity and innovation. This workshop will dispel that myth, giving you skills and processes that are easy to understand and simple to implement.</p> <p>This is project management for busy people in busy businesses.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>If you have any kind of involvement in managing, supporting people and other resources across large or small projects or campaigns as an owner or manager within an SME, or as a director or manager in a larger public or private sector organisation, then this workshop is for you to make your life and work easier. It is suitable for individuals working in different roles across marketing, operations, IT/technical development, sales, finance and people management.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The workshop will be friendly and informal with a mixture of slides, discussion and mini group exercises. We will introduce the principles of successful project management with a specific focus on them being accessible, quick and easy to use on smaller and less formal projects. We will share our own real project scenarios, to look at specific approaches that don&rsquo;t require significant planning and layers of process or red tape. You will gain a toolkit of helpful techniques including scoping and agreeing outcomes, planning, estimating, monitoring and controlling progress, and issue handling. You can expect to be able to apply them immediately upon return to your business. Delegates will be provided with an easy to use project management handbook.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Why projects fail &ndash; and how to stop them failing</li> <li>When not to use a formal project management method</li> <li>Tailoring project management specifically for your project</li> <li>Working with your &lsquo;sponsor&rsquo; or client to understand and agree scope and objectives</li> <li>Estimating and building a good plan</li> <li>Understanding and handling project risk</li> <li>Practical pointers for success</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10091-daryl-woodhouse">Daryl Woodhouse</a>&nbsp;likes wearing several hats every week as a Key Note Speaker, Business Strategist, ILM accredited Leadership Trainer, and Inspirational Mentor.</p> <p>Daryl&rsquo;s time is highly sought after not least from winning numerous awards for his work helping business leaders and entrepreneurs accelerate success, including being voted as a top 50 UK business adviser. As if he doesn&rsquo;t sound busy enough; whilst being a proud father to three young children, Daryl even found time to co-write the five-star rated business success guide Creating Business Advantage!</p> <p>To pursue his passion for developing people and helping companies scale up more sustainably and more easily, Daryl left a successful corporate career in various leadership, strategy and training roles to set up Advantage Business Partnerships Ltd in January 2012. ABP is now an internationally award-winning group with a 25 strong team of leading trainers, coaches, mentors and consultants supporting a range of companies from large corporates, to scale ups and early stage start ups.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p><em>&ldquo;Professional and structured services to help you grow your business. I can&rsquo;t recommend them enough.&rdquo;&nbsp;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Matt Perkins -&nbsp;<strong>FreeAgent</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>&ldquo;ABP are highly professional and have a strong understanding of all issues around the SME space. Daryl has as a focussed approach to his work and puts his customers at the heart of all he does.&rdquo;</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Andrew Charnley - Head of Region, Trade &amp; Working Capital,&nbsp;<strong>Lloyds Banking Group</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>&ldquo;ABP are a pleasure to work with. Daryl and his team are agile, proactive and have developed a great strategy for working with scale.&rdquo;</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Ravi Goodimal - Former Associate Director at&nbsp;<strong>Grant Thornton</strong>&nbsp;and Head of Market for&nbsp;<strong>Growth Accelerator</strong></em></p> <p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>&ldquo;Our revenue has more than doubled. Now, we have a clear, focused business plan, and a better work-life balance&rdquo;</em>.&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Director -&nbsp;<strong>Kaizen Furniture</strong></em></p> <p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>&ldquo;The need for SME's to get quality management input from experienced professionals has rarely been more expedient. Daryl, his team and their wider contacts can deliver a range of affordable services and make a real difference.&rdquo;</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Jonathan Reeves - Channel Manager,&nbsp;<strong>ArchOver Ltd</strong></em></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members- Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Now &pound;296.25<br>Non Members- Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp; Now &pound;446.25</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13835&Itemid=373 Negotiating with IT Purchasing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13835&Itemid=373 Fri, 31 Aug 2018 12:59:17 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Learn how to turn ferocious purchasing tigers into tabby cats! <p><span style="color:#ff0000"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 26 January 2019</strong></span></p> <p>Learn how to turn ferocious purchasing tigers into tabby cats!</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose "Negotiating with IT Purchasing"?</strong></p> <p>Even the bravest can feel fear when they are summoned to meet with the customer's purchasing department. They know that IT buyers can often be intimidating, flint-hearted and well-practiced in squeezing suppliers until their pips squeak. These people are professionally trained to be tough and ruthless. Their tactics place intolerable pressure on sales teams, often leading to ill-advised concessions that not only reduce the margin of the deal but result in bad "agreements" that set the seeds for project failure.</p> <p>The skilled sales negotiator, however, is not afraid. They understand that the customer benefits most from an agreement which delivers maximum value to both parties. They know that by "playing the game", using five golden rules, and countering predictable tactics of bluffing, pressure and intimidation, they can effortlessly avoid the man-traps set by an unscrupulous buyer.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <ul><li>Sales professionals</li> <li>Consultants</li> <li>Leaders and project managers who need to negotiate with technology buyers and purchasing departments</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>By the end of this workshop, you will feel confident that you can deal with the tactics applied by aggressive purchasing departments, and secure a deal that works best for supplier and customer alike. Your margins will improve, your projects will be more successful &ndash; and respect and repeat business will follow.</p> <p>The workshop uses exercises and role-play based on a real-life case study. It examines strategies for dealing with the classic issues in ICT and technology sales negotiation including price, delays, loose specifications, intellectual property, licence terms, warranty and support.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/981-ian-henley">Ian Henley</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in improving the business performance of technology companies, specialising in business strategy, leadership, marketing and sales. He has worked with executives from over sixty of the best known technology companies in the world, including CA, EMC, Dell, Accenture/Avanade, Microsoft, Panasonic, Hitachi, Microfocus, Nominet, Oracle, Landis+Gyr and Nokia, and has facilitated training workshops at techUK for twenty years.</p> <p>He is a particularly skilled and dynamic presenter, trainer and workshop facilitator, with a treasure trove of real life experience to share. His workshops consistently achieve "top box" ratings from delegates.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>09.15 Registration at techUK London Reception</li> <li>09.30 Introduction to negotiation</li> <li>10.00 Role-play one: a simple negotiation</li> <li>11.00 Introducing the negotiation model</li> <li>11.15 Buyer and purchasing manager profiles</li> <li>11.30 Giving freely and how not to</li> <li>11.45 Role-play two: reaching the interim agreement</li> <li>12.45 Lunch</li> <li>13.45 Advanced negotiation skills - Traps and how to avoid them! Handling pressure, stotting, signaling, conditional offers, bluffing and probing</li> <li>15.30 Role-play three: closing the deal</li> <li>16.45 Summary and close</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">click here to check first</a>&nbsp;to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13813&Itemid=373 Powerful Storytelling for Tech http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13813&Itemid=373 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 14:23:09 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Suitable for those who give presentations to communicate and influence a sale effectively <p><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 27 January 2019</strong></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>As Tech companies see a shift towards the non-technical buyer, storytelling is increasingly a core personal skill for engaging with customers in a more meaningful and compelling way. To really connect and differentiate we need the skills and confidence to move away from traditional presentations and instead focus on crafting a great story. Those who are powerful storytellers can paint a solution that sticks in the customer&rsquo;s mind and helps to sell up the value chain. Investing time and resources developing fabulous features and benefits is wasted if customers don&rsquo;t believe your story and their feelings about your products and services remain unchanged.</p> <p>A great story needs to do three things for your customer;</p> <ol><li>Confirm the customers world view; what they care about? What change they are looking for</li> <li>Make an emotional connection</li> <li>Deliver information which is logical to rationalise decision making</li> </ol><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>The Storytelling for Tech workshop is suitable for those who must present and communicate, sell, influence, overcome objections and shift mindsets.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The following topics will be covered:</p> <p>Overview of storytelling principles<br>The power of storytelling and &lsquo;science&rsquo; of why it works<br>The Hero&rsquo;s journey: Unfulfilled desire, confrontation and obstacles, resolution<br>Structuring and developing a story&rsquo;s flow</p> <ul><li>Beginning bond with audience - connecting</li> <li>Introducing tension/conflict - engage customers</li> <li>Middle contrast what is and what could be - differentiating</li> <li>End with heightened sense of &lsquo;wow&rsquo;</li> </ul><p>Adding emotional texture<br>Spicing a story with visual, sensory and auditory words<br>Using &lsquo;sticky&rsquo; metaphors<br>Creating a memorable and persuasive moment<br>Context and relevancy - linking stories to the audience<br>Strategies for handling common sales challenges through storytelling<br>Delivering storytelling through different medium; images, flipchart, slides</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong><br><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Soft Skills 4Tech and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience and Psychology (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training, Coaching and Psychometric Profiling</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13770&Itemid=372 Fast Track Digital Marketing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13770&Itemid=372 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:03:56 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Designed for business owners, start-ups and commercial managers seeking a digital marketing strategy <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>This&nbsp;one-day Fast track Digital Marketing Workshop will teach attendees the core fundamentals of digital marketing and&nbsp;design and implementing a successful digital strategy which will match and reflect&nbsp;the objectives of your business. We will include a&nbsp;deep dive into the fundamentals of digital marketing including Digital Design and UX, Search, SEO, managing Social Media and Mobile marketing, allocating sufficient&nbsp;resources, measuring and tracking performance and maintaining a successful digital marketing for your business.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Upon completion of this course attendees will understand the following:</p> <ul><li>How to create a digital marketing strategy and framework for your organisation</li> </ul><ul><li>Integrate acquisition and retention tools to deliver an efficient digital marketing strategy</li> </ul><ul><li>Learn new techniques, tips, website tools and links to useful sources of information</li> </ul><ul><li>Approach the commissioning of digital services with more knowledge and confidence</li> </ul><ul><li>Learn how to track performance, refine and improve your strategy with confidence</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>This course is ideal for business leaders and entrepreneurs, start-ups, commercial directors, business strategists and marketers who need an up to date understanding of developing a successful digital marketing strategy.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p><em>Introduction to the Course</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The digital marketing landscape- an overview</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Current trends, challenges and opportunities</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Digital Marketing Planning - a strategic approach</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Primary channels of Digital: Search, email, mobile and display</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Search Marketing explained- SEO and PPC</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>How search engines work</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Keyword research analysis and tools</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SEO, link building techniques and how they help your rankings</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Pay-Per-Click advertising: the essentials</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Optimising your AdWords campaign (keywords, bid strategy, ad copy and creative) for maximum ROI</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Online Display Advertising</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The online/mobile display ecosystem: media agencies, publishers and ad networks</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creative considerations: interruptive or permission-based?</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Programmatic advertising: the future of online/mobile display?</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Social Media Marketing</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The online/mobile display ecosystem: media agencies, publishers and ad networks</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creative considerations Overview of the main platforms: Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, Instagram and Pinterest</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The impact of Mobile Messaging Apps: WhatsApp &amp; Snapchat</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Managing Social Media effectively: internal structures/ responsibilities, work-flows and <em>Email marketing</em></li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; An overview of the email marketing today: what is it best for?</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Segmenting your database: eCRM</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Email design and development: do's and don'ts</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UX and Design</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Copy and Design: creating information architecture that delivers</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Desktop and mobile: delivering the best user experience</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The importance of User Testing</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Web Analytics and Metrics</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Mobile Marketing</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The mobile landscape explained using apps for marketingHTML5, responsive design and the mobile web</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Location-based services, augmented reality &amp; wearables</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Tracking performance</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Multi-channel tracking and attribution explained</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <em>The Future of Digital</em></li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Future SEO trends- Big Data, The Internet of Things, Virtual Reality</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Q&amp;A</em></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/9768-david-reilly">David Reilly&nbsp;</a>is a Digital skills trainer with 17 years digital marketing, consultancy and training experience David Reilly. He has delivered digital skills training to business leaders, start-ups, marketing agencies and established brands including Aviva, Barnardos&rsquo;s, The Financial Times, Towergate Insurance, Time Warner and Simply Health. He also writes about digital strategy and the future of digital technology for Econsultancy, Smart Insights, CMO and The Drum.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What are the course materials?</strong></p> <p>All delegates will receive a copy of the course materials and a reference guide plus to provide further practical insight to the key learning points</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org">Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org</a>.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13714&Itemid=517 How to write an Information Security Policy (GDPR covered) http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13714&Itemid=517 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 08:49:36 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course will help you understand why having an information security policy is important <p><strong>What is the course about?</strong></p> <p>With the adoption of the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) in May 2016, we are almost half way through the two-year journey towards its application in all member states, including the UK on May 25th, 2018. The GDPR will replace the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC and therefore the Data Protection Act 1998 in the UK. Brexit will not change this, as even the earliest possible Brexit would mean several months of compliance requirement while still part of the EU and independent of that, businesses are trading with the EU and are holding data that fall within the scope of the Directive and will therefore have to comply.</p> <p>In order to be compliant with national and international information and data protection laws and regulations, organisations need to introduce appropriate and effective cyber security and data protection controls. The Information Security Policy forms the basis of these controls.</p> <p>A well thought through information security policy will also address the human factor and take the organisation&rsquo;s specificities into consideration. We are all aware that no matter how strong or advanced security applications or technical controls are, protecting the company&rsquo;s data assets will heavily depend on the people within the organisation. People unfortunately are the weakest link in any information security and privacy programme albeit rarely intentionally. The Board and the executive team are ultimately responsible for security breaches, no matter if they occur due to an employee&rsquo;s misconduct, plain negligence or for the simple reason that employees are not aware of threat and how to protect against them.</p> <p>A comprehensive Information Security Policy therefore covers a range of topics, from identifying data assets, defining security objectives to establishing and enforcing formal, written policies and guidelines which govern employees&rsquo; behaviour.</p> <p>This full day course is designed to give a practical introduction about the importance of having an information security policy and to provide clear guidelines on how to develop and to document a well-thought through and effective policy that ensures information security, is aligned with the business strategy, reduces the impact of identified and diverse risks, manages resources and infrastructure effectively and efficiently and delivers value for the security investment made.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Board members, C-suite executives and everyone responsible for the protection of the organisation&rsquo;s data and assets (CEO, COO, CFO CTO, CISO, CSO, and Directors of IT, Data Protection, Compliance Officer and Information security personal).</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>At the end of the course attendees will:</p> <ul><li>Understand the central role of the Information Security Policy in securing business assets and delivering value to the business</li> <li>Have practical knowledge of the different types of information security policies and their core components</li> <li>Develop, implement, and maintain various types of information security policies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>10.00am: Registration at techUK London reception</li> <li>10.30am: Introduction to the course and getting to know each other</li> <li>10.50am: What is an information security policy and why it is important.</li> <li>11.50am: Coffee break</li> <li>12.00pm: When and How to write an information security policy: part 1</li> <li>13.00pm: Lunch break</li> <li>14.00pm: How to write and develop an information security policy</li> <li>15.20pm: Tea break</li> <li>15.40pm: Implementing and maintaining an information security policy</li> <li>16.45pm: Course summary and thank you</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p>The course will be delivered by <a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/7972-shadi-razak" target="_blank">Shadi A. Razak</a>, Partner and Head of Cyber Security and Compliance at CyNation. Shadi is a cyber security and business digitalisation expert, with a strong foundation in business and IT strategy. His expertise in information security management, security governance and compliance, cloud security and business digitalisation has made him a sought-after advisor to and coach for several international blue-chip companies, government organisations, and SME&rsquo;s in the UK, and the MENA region for the past 15 years. He has been a visiting lecturer at several international and British universities and is currently a Board Member and President of the Information Security Group (ISG) Alumni, Technology and Finance Society and a mentor for a number of FinTech and SecurityTech start-ups in London.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>Price (excluding VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13696&Itemid=521 GDPR Common Questions For Technology Businesses http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13696&Itemid=521 Fri, 10 Aug 2018 11:40:05 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Common questions for technology businesses <p><strong>Registration starts at 13:00</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Data breach is now an all too frequent headline in the media, and with the advent of the GDPR, fear of huge fines from the regulator and the potential for negative publicity, GDPR compliance has never been more important.&nbsp;</p> <p>Based on our experience we have identified certain common questions for technology businesses.&nbsp; This course provides you with distilled advice on these common areas, with the aim of reducing the risk of enforcement action and give you increased confidence when negotiating with your customers and other third parties in this area.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This practical half day course is aimed at individuals in technology businesses, particularly for those who already have an understanding of the GDPR and who have responsibility for compliance within their organisation.&nbsp; In particular, it is aimed at businesses who are typically data processors when processing the personal data of their data controller customers, but who also collect personal data of their own (and for which they are data controllers) &ndash; especially for marketing purposes and in an HR context.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>It is intended to be a focussed, interactive and applied session.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Agenda</strong></p> <p>The session will cover the following topics:</p> <p><strong>Brief introduction</strong>&nbsp;&ndash; overview of common question areas facing technology businesses.</p> <ul><li>The marketing minefield &ndash; we consider the complex overlap between the GDPR and the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003 (PECR) and offer practical advice on ensuring that these two laws relating to marketing are simultaneously complied with. &nbsp;We consider buying marketing lists and B2B vs B2C marketing.&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>Consent &ndash; we look at the circumstances in which it is appropriate, and not, to obtain the consent of individuals, and how this should be done.&nbsp; We also look at when it is appropriate to try and get refreshed consent.&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>Retain or delete? &ndash; we offer some useful guidance on appropriate retention periods.</li> </ul><ul><li>HR specific issues &ndash; we look at some key areas in an HR context, for current, former and future employees.</li> </ul><ul><li>Appointing your own suppliers and subcontractors &ndash; we summarise the approach which should be taken in relation to appointing suppliers and subcontractors, including conducting due diligence, contract clauses and the position regarding liability.</li> </ul><ul><li>Using the cloud &ndash; we summarise the regulator&rsquo;s position on this area.</li> </ul><ul><li>Overseas transfers &ndash; we summarise the GDPR in terms of easy to follow steps, to ensure that you have the information to select the most appropriate way of ensuring that a transfer is GDPR compliant.</li> </ul><ul><li>Breach notification &ndash; we break down the stages of breach reporting and look at the circumstances in which you do and do not need to report breaches.</li> </ul><ul><li>Assisting a customer &ndash; how far do I need to go? &nbsp;Many customers now expect their suppliers to assist with compliance, for instance in responding to subject access requests.&nbsp; We offer some sensible suggestions for limiting your obligations.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>About the trainers</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13697-andrew-rankin" target="_blank">Andrew Rankin</a>&nbsp;is a Legal Director and&nbsp;<a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/9213-chris-air" target="_blank">Chris Air</a>&nbsp;an Associate Solicitor, at law firm DAC Beachcroft LLP.&nbsp; Both Andrew and Chris specialise in advising suppliers and customers on technology deals, Andrew and Chris both hold the BCS practitioner certificate in data protection and have experience of advising on a wide range of data protection related issues in the technology sector.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00 + VAT</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;495.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org." target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</a></strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13839&Itemid=518 Consultative Selling http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13839&Itemid=518 Fri, 31 Aug 2018 14:14:01 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org How to make sales by making your customer successful <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment are made by 7 February 2018</strong></span></p> <p>How to make sales by making your customer successful</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course about?</strong></p> <p>Sales professionals must articulate how their company can deliver business value to their customers. It sounds simple, but in practice there are formidable barriers to understanding the customer's needs and transforming often hazy and incomplete ideas into a plan that will give decision-makers the confidence to invest.</p> <p>This workshop gives you a clear, structured approach that will ensure you discover what you need to know and then, like magic, explicitly align your interests with your customer. It then shows how to use a highly persuasive and entirely non-confrontational method to convince customers why they should trust your company to help them.</p> <p>The workshop is highly interactive and provides extensive opportunities to practise the new skills in exercises and role-play.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Sales professionals</li> <li>Business Leaders</li> <li>Consultants who want to sell more by earning trust and respect</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The workshop enables you to master PROUD OSCAR&reg;, a proven, powerful consultative sales call model. It ensures you get to the root of what the customer really needs while simultaneously demonstrating your own expertise and adding value. It shows you four simple techniques to identify and articulate business value and then work cooperatively with the customer to define the best possible solution. PROUD OSCAR is used by thousands of sales professionals in major international technology companies throughout the world.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Coffee and Registration from 9:00am</li> <li>Why the market demands consultative sellers</li> <li>Why consultative sellers sell more</li> <li>PROUD OSCAR&reg; the consultative selling call model</li> <li>Prepare</li> <li>Open</li> <li>Understand the pain</li> <li>Diagnose the problem(s)</li> <li>Overall Summary</li> <li>Credentials</li> <li>Advising the customer</li> <li>Ratify and close</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/981-ian-henley">Ian Henley</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in improving the business performance of technology companies, specialising in business strategy, leadership, marketing and sales. In 1998 he co-founded ChangeBEAT a boutique consultancy which works exclusively with senior technology company executives to define and deliver practical improvement programmes. The work often centres on the way the company sells and delivers business value. ChangeBEAT's customers include over sixty of the best known technology companies in the world, including CA, EMC, Accenture/Avanade, Microsoft, Panasonic, Hitachi, Microfocus, Oracle, Landis+Gyr and Nokia. They also work with smaller technology companies, and IT departments including the Examination Board of Cambridge University, EDF Energy and the Open University.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>"I attended the Consultative Selling course at TechUK. It was excellent. The level of tuition and course content were well judged and impeccably presented. A deeply experienced professional, Ian&rsquo;s instructional style was excellent and his feedback was clear, honest and extremely valuable. I would thoroughly recommend the course". Jamie Thomas, Account Manager &ndash; Cyber Security, L3 TRL Technology</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">click here to check first</a>&nbsp;to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org&nbsp;</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14367&Itemid=373 Assertiveness and confidence at work http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14367&Itemid=373 Tue, 27 Nov 2018 13:37:37 +0000 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Getting your point across <p><strong>Why should you attend&nbsp;this course?</strong></p> <p>We all have to deal with situations at work that we find challenging.&nbsp; It might be asking for a pay rise, or standing up to a colleague, or simply putting our point across at a meeting.&nbsp; If we don&rsquo;t feel confident about speaking up and representing ourselves, then no-one will do it for us and we risk missing out.&nbsp; It can also make work tough if we can&rsquo;t be ourselves, as it&rsquo;s not fun hiding &nbsp;who you really are and what you&rsquo;d actually like to say.&nbsp; This course is for people who would like to improve their skills in these situations and get their voices heard in the workplace.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>We will be looking at techniques for being assertive and speaking up, and also putting these into practice during the day.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Staff and managers at all levels who want to improve their presence at work, and deal with challenging situations in a better way.&nbsp;&nbsp; This is also relevant for individuals who want to be better at dealing with people who are more senior to them.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You'll learn how to:</p> <ul><li>Identify the situations that cause us stress &amp; how to handle them</li> </ul><ul><li>Handle the pressure whilst saying what you want to say</li> </ul><ul><li>Good ways of saying no</li> </ul><ul><li>Ways to insert yourself into conversations where others are dominating</li> </ul><ul><li>Know when to keep pushing and when to stop</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p style="margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; text-align:left"><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p style="margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; text-align:left">Registration and coffee will be from 9.00-9.30am<br> Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p style="margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; text-align:left">Topics to be covered are:</p> <ul><li>Staying calm under pressure</li> </ul><ul><li>Saying what you want to say</li> </ul><ul><li>Keeping your position when you feel yourself wanting to back off</li> </ul><ul><li>Finding ways of speaking up in meetings when others are dominating</li> </ul><ul><li>Finding your personal style in difficult situations</li> </ul><ul><li>Testing your new skills</li> </ul><p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/about/our-staff/item/11839-jo-clift" target="_blank">Jo Clift</a>&nbsp; has over 20 years&rsquo; experience at the heart of Whitehall.&nbsp; Jo now works as a professional trainer, coach and business consultant.&nbsp; She specialises in communications and understanding government.&nbsp;&nbsp; Her specialisms include engaging with Whitehall, personal impact, networking, managing stakeholders, and public speaking.&nbsp;&nbsp; She is also a published writer on the civil service and Brexit.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>She spent a number of years in senior communications roles, including Head of Communications for the BSE Inquiry and then Press Secretary to Lord Falconer.&nbsp; She has worked closely with many ministers over the years, including Lord Peter Mandelson and Sir Oliver Letwin.&nbsp; She also worked at Number 10 in the Prime Minister&rsquo;s press office.&nbsp;&nbsp; Jo&rsquo;s other government roles include creating the coalition&rsquo;s ICT strategy, developing a new model for corporate shared services across whitehall, and leading on high level board appointments to public bodies.&nbsp;&nbsp; Jo also gained private sector experience as a senior manager at Deloitte Consulting.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost?</strong></p> <p>techUK member- &pound;395 &amp; VAT</p> <p>Non techUK member- &pound;595 &amp; VAT</p>Contact: <a href="mailto:peter.modestou@techuk.org">peter.modestou@techuk.org</a> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13641&Itemid=517 Blockchain Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13641&Itemid=517 Mon, 06 Aug 2018 11:29:52 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Realistically assess the risks and opportunities on cryptocurrencies to make informed decisions. <p>It is predicted that one tenth of the worlds GDP will make its way onto the blockchain market&nbsp;by 2025.</p> <p>The scope of transformation led by blockchain technologies will not be solely confined to finance. Blockchain technology will transform the way businesses interact and collaborate, creating new opportunities based upon the transparency of processes and data.</p> <p>Engaging early with this technology and planning strategies now will ensure that opportunities are not missed. Leaders from multiple sectors should be ready to engage their stakeholders in discussions about how blockchains can benefit their organisations from the ground up.</p> <p>This full-day executive/ senior management training course will empower management to realistically assess the risks and the opportunities on blockchains/cryptocurrencies to make informed decisions about the future of their&nbsp;business.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Business Leaders who would like to understand how blockchains can help them to expand their business</li> <li>C-level executives who would like to learn more about blockchain and cryptocurrencies</li> <li>Solicitors providing legal advice to technological companies</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p><em>At the end of the course participants should be able</em></p> <ul><li>To understand the fundamental principles of blockchains and distinguish different variants of the technology</li> <li>Understand different applications of blockchains such as crypto currencies, smart contracts and notary applications</li> <li>Be able to confidently communicate the impact of blockchains to colleagues</li> <li>Understand how blockchain technologies are being used today to resolve Page 2/5 business problems</li> <li>Recognise the regulators view of blockchain</li> <li>Being able to identify the risks and the opportunities that blockchains offer</li> <li>Map a clear strategic roadmap to leverage the benefits of this new technology for their own business</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p><em>Introduction</em></p> <ul><li>A brief history of blockchains</li> <li>Why blockchains</li> <li>Public key cryptography for business people</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>How blockchain works</em></p> <ul><li>What are blockchains</li> <li>Fundamental principles of the technology</li> <li>Existing technologies: Bitcoin and cryptocurrencies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Business Application</em></p> <ul><li>Public blockchains</li> <li>Smart contracts</li> <li>Benefits and risk</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Blockchain for traditional business</em></p> <ul><li>Private blockchains</li> <li>Case studies and examples in notary applications</li> <li>Benefits and risk</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>The Future of Blockchain</em></p> <ul><li>Current Landscape in finance and other business sector</li> <li>Legislation</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Terminology</em></p> <ul><li>Myth buster</li> <li>Jargon buster</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10851-maria-g-vigliotti">Dr Maria G Vigliotti</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in computing with a vast experience in security, cryptography, blockchains, training in academic and non-academic environments. Maria is the CEO of Sandblocks Consulting, a company providing:</p> <ul><li>Blockchain&nbsp;executive training</li> <li>Training on coding The Ethereum Blockchain&nbsp;</li> <li>Blockchain requirements workshops</li> <li>Bespoken blockchain&nbsp;solutions</li> <li>Security audits for smart contracts</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Maria is &nbsp;the Chief Editor of the open access journal Frontiers in Blockchain, Smart Contract section&nbsp;<a href="https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/blockchain/sections/smart-contracts#about">https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/blockchain/sections/smart-contracts#about</a>,</p> <p>&nbsp;a member of the Distributed Ledger Technology &nbsp;Committee of the &nbsp;International Standard&nbsp;Organisation (ISO/TC 307)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Maria holds a PhD in Computing from Imperial College London. She has several years of experience in formal verification of code for concurrent systems in safety, critical applications, industry and academia. She also, worked on cryptographic attacks with The European Railway Traffic Management Systems (ERTMS), the European railway signaling system and the Cyber security strategy for the railway. Maria has published over thirty papers in reference to international academic journals and conferences.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What others say about the course.</strong></p> <p><em>"Maria tailored the course to suite the level of knowledge in the audience in a way that ensured we all left with a valuable insight into the technology.&nbsp; The course content was well structured and superbly delivered by Maria, who as well as being abundantly qualified is also clearly one of industry&rsquo;s leading experts in her field.</em></p> <p><em>I would highly recement the BlockChain Master Class to anybody who like me needs to understand this novel technology and its value to the wider business environment."</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Colin Hamilton</strong>,&nbsp;Horsebridge Defence &amp; Security Limited</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;I found this course to be very interesting and it conveyed the basic principles of blockchain in a way to allow me to research the topic further with confidence.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Eryl Hardman</strong>, Senior Legal Counsel - Nomimet</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13633&Itemid=373 Storytelling in Business http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13633&Itemid=373 Mon, 06 Aug 2018 09:46:05 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org How storytelling can be an effective business tool. <p><strong>Registration from 9.30am</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>You will learn:</p> <ul><li>The theory of storytelling</li> <li>What storytelling in business really is (and what it isn&rsquo;t)</li> <li>How you can start to tell your own brand story</li> <li>Looking at real-life case studies and how you can apply those to your brand</li> <li>How storytelling has the power to change how people see and react to things</li> <li>The power to influence word of mouth through storytelling</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>We believe you can&rsquo;t tell great stories in business, if you can&rsquo;t tell a great story, full stop. We also believe it&rsquo;s vital everyone in your business knows your brand story, not just your customers.<br>Our foundation course has been purposely designed for all levels of skill. As it develops skills inherently, it can also be taken by anyone looking to build their career, not just big brands.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>It helps you to understand why storytelling remains the greatest human pastime and how you can begin to apply it to your brand effectively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p><strong>Act 1</strong>&nbsp;- The theory: what storytelling is and why people react so strongly to stories.<br><strong>Act 2</strong>&nbsp;- Best practice: the art of storytelling, structures and rules &ndash; and how to break them.<br><strong>Act 3</strong>&nbsp;- How to use it: we&rsquo;ll apply storytelling to your brand and your day to day role.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10355-chris-hewitt" target="_blank">Chris Hewitt</a>, CEO of Berkeley.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;395.00 + VAT<br><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;595.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>&ldquo;The course was brilliant and exceeded expectations!&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">RL, Kent.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;Regardless of what point you are at in your career or what your specific job role is - salesperson, marketer, copywriter, PR practitioner... - this course will make you think differently about how you can stand out from the crowd, communicate more effectively and have a bit of fun creating stories that will help you connect with your audience.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">Rebecca, London.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;The course actually gave me more than I thought it would. I had expected it to just be about incorporating storytelling into my marketing writing, but I've gone away with ideas for incorporating storytelling into my presentations, networking and much more as well&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">RH, London.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13811&Itemid=295 Drafting and Negotiating Service Level Agreements http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13811&Itemid=295 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:31:25 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org What is of importance to those operating in the tech sector <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Service Level Agreements (SLA&rsquo;s) are a part of both modern business and modern government: many businesses and government departments (central and local) claim to offer compliance with SLA&rsquo;s, and SLA&rsquo;s lie at the heart of many agreements in the tech sector: cloud services, software support, outsourcing, help desks - really anything where one party provides a service to another.</p> <p>Considered &ldquo;technical&rdquo;, they may not be drafted by lawyers or others with lengthy drafting experience in the first place - but of the entire contractual suite of documents, the SLA may well turn out to be the one piece of documentation the parties have most recourse to in the lifetime of a contract.</p> <p>Getting an SLA right at the outset will save the parties much pain later and prevent arguments over what the SLA actually means or how it applies to what has happened in practice. Despite this basic fact, many SLA&rsquo;s fail&nbsp;either because they are too complicated or because they exist in a theoretical world divorced from reality.</p> <p>This course is run by Richard Stephens, already well known for his detailed, practical and informative courses on commercial law, and he is bringing those same qualities to this course on SLA&rsquo;s. He draws on his experience of drafting and negotiating SLA&rsquo;s over many years and provides practical examples from his own experience as guides to good drafting and negotiation practice.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Most people in a modern business will have some contact with an SLA - from the commercial management team drafting and negotiating one to the IT Department which is trying to understand and operate it. Just about anyone in your organisation will want to learn how to draft and operate an SLA.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course will take delegates logically through the process of establishing and drafting an SLA, focusing on the impact of SLA&rsquo;s on the tech sector and how they are used in, for example, cloud service agreements or helpdesk or other support agreements.</p> <p>Delegates will come away with knowledge of how to go about setting up an SLA, what to include and what to exclude, an understanding of key expressions including the all important TLA&rsquo;s so beloved of the tech sector (SLA is itself a TLA &hellip;), an appreciation of the key negotiation areas and the major pitfalls to look out for.</p> <p>The course includes plenty of opportunities for Q&amp;A using worked examples as a basis for discussion.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The course looks at the following areas among others:</p> <ul><li>How are SLA&rsquo;s put together?</li> <li>What is the right balance to strike when making an SLA:</li> <li>How to make sure your drafting works - aim for precision and simplicity</li> <li>Relationship to the main agreement</li> <li>Who should do the first draft?</li> <li>How to measure the various services (which ones to include)</li> <li>What remedies should be proposed for non-compliance with service levels</li> <li>The provider wants to describe its normal service</li> <li>The customer which wants a big stick to beat the provider with</li> <li>What does the law say about SLA&rsquo;s (there has been a movement in the law&rsquo;s approach to these things)</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;295.00 + VAT</p> <p>Non-Members - &pound;495.00 + VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13685&Itemid=260 Getting it Right with Open Source Software Licensing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13685&Itemid=260 Fri, 10 Aug 2018 10:15:50 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course is designed to help organisations who develop and distribute software <p><strong>Registration from 1pm</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Open Source Software is now broadly used in the development of software applications. The ability to reuse components of code already created allows development teams to create more code, with more functionality, faster. It also promotes the adoption of standards and makes applications more interoperable.</p> <p>With the increasing adoption of open source software in software development there is an increasing need for organisations to understand free and open source software licensing obligations and compliance issues.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course has been designed for anyone concerned with and involved in Open Source Management, including operational, legal, software development managers, open source program managers, software procurement managers, software architects, developers and maintainers and product managers of open source products or proprietary products containing significant open source. Every effort has been made to present the concepts at a level that is accessible and relevant for all of these participants</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Knowledge that will be acquired from this course:</p> <p>Basic legal understanding of the principles of open source software licensing.<br>Understand the spectrum of software licence categories e.g. reciprocal, permissive etc.<br>Obligations to be compliant with open source software licences<br>Industry best practices</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>This course is a half-day class room based course designed to help organisations who develop and distribute software and/or companies receiving software through a supply chain implement a governance program. The training is broken down into 7 modules which can be delivered individually if require.</p> <p>The modules included in the course are:</p> <p>1. What is Intellectual Property?</p> <p>2. Introduction to Open Source Software Licenses</p> <p>3. Introduction to Open Source Software compliance</p> <p>4. Key Software Concepts for Open Source Software Review</p> <p>5. Running an Open Source Software Review</p> <p>6. End to End Compliance Management (Example Process)</p> <p>7. Avoiding Compliance Pitfalls</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10238-martin-callinan" target="_blank">Martin Callinan</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years&rsquo; experience in the software industry specialising in software licensing, IT Governance and risk avoidance. He has seen the challenges of risk management related to various aspects of the software ecosystem. Martin is now focused on assisting organisations leveraging the benefits of open source software to create bespoke applications in house or through third parties while managing the business risks of intellectual property, open source component licensing, copyrights, security vulnerability management, and operational risk.</p> <p>Martin is actively involved in the the open source software industry to help create best practices and industry standards for the adoption and management of open source based software through and OpenUK Industry Association for Software Asset Management (http://openuk.uk/), The Linux Foundation and Software Freedom Conservancy.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;495.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:georgina.mccall@techuk.org">georgina.mccall@techuk.org</a>.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13659&Itemid=260 An Introduction to the NHS and Technology http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13659&Itemid=260 Tue, 07 Aug 2018 13:48:39 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A focus on how technology is organised within the NHS <p><strong>Registration is from 12 noon</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The NHS is a complex organisation that faces increasing demand for services along with constrained funding. The belief that technology can contribute to quality outcomes and efficiency gains is embedded within NHS policy propositions and commitments, but this does not make the NHS market for technology easy to navigate.</p> <p>This course provides an introduction to the organisation of the NHS, its governance and policy drivers, with a specific focus on how technology is organised in the NHS, background trends and priorities, as well as procurement processes.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is suitable for anyone new to the health technology sector or seeking to refresh and update their understanding. It is particularly relevant to sales, marketing and business development managers who need to strengthen their understanding of how the NHS is organised and uses technology.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>This engaging and informative workshop will provide delegates with a good understanding of the NHS. Participants will gain knowledge that will enable them to target and identify policy areas and demand opportunities relevant to their own organisation.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Start time: 12:30pm</li> <li>Structure of the NHS: introduction to the organisation of the NHS, with an emphasis on understanding that it is not a single entity. A high level explanation of policy, commissioning and provision, including funding flows.</li> <li>Technology in the NHS: how technology is organised in the NHS, providing an understanding of which buyers are for different kinds of technologies.</li> <li>Impact of policy: review of key policies and initiatives that influence the demand for and requirements of technology.</li> <li>Regulation and procurement: discussion of regulation and how it impacts marketing and sales.</li> <li>Finish time: 5:00pm</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-staff/item/4854-lenore-ogilvy" target="_blank">Lenore Ogilvy</a>&nbsp;has been consulting on technology-related projects in the public sector for the last ten years. Her clients have included both NHS England and NHS Digital, where she has worked on a number of projects, ranging from national infrastructure to strategy design and implementation. Lenore has drawn on her direct experience of policy and governance in the NHS, and public sector commercial and buying behaviour, in the design of this course.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <blockquote> <p>"I attended 'An Introduction to the NHS and Technology' on 29 January 2018 delivered at techUK by Lenore Ogilvy of Conbrio Associates. I am a regular visitor and member of techUK and a my company takes a full and active part in techUK and glean good insight into markets, sectors and opportunities. But this is the first time I have attended one of this style of events and I am pleased to recommend future ones to others. Delivered at techUK&rsquo;s offices which offer a good environment and delivered by Lenore who has a professional and engaging delivery style, I found the information she imparted of great interest."&nbsp;</p> </blockquote> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Richard Quinlan</strong>, Security &amp; Information Systems Division, Leonardo MW</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <blockquote> <p><br>"Lenore is very knowledgeable. Knows the subject in detail. A great course for those wishing to break into Healthcare."&nbsp;</p> </blockquote> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Catherine Kiaie</strong>,<strong>&nbsp;</strong>UK Public Sector Account Manager, EnterpriseDB</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00<br><strong>Non techUK Members</strong>- &pound;495.00<br>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13670&Itemid=521 Executive Strategy and Policy Development http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13670&Itemid=521 Wed, 08 Aug 2018 10:45:43 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Building executive-level skills and awareness for strategic thinking and communication <h3><span style="color: #ff0000;">Currently, 15% Early Bird discount applies for both techUK members and non-members</span></h3> <p><strong>Developing strategy and policy development skills to improve the ability of specialists and emerging leaders to tackle more complex business, policy, investment and other strategic questions &ndash; and to be able to present recommendations to senior stakeholders both&nbsp;authoritatively and concisely.</strong></p> <p>This is a relaxed but content-rich course, delivered with a combination of taught sections and delegate case study work in small groups. It broadens delegate&rsquo;s business awareness and provides practical coaching in consulting-style approaches to tackling complex business decisions and communicating findings to Boards and senior management concisely and impactfully.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Reasons to choose this course include:</strong></p> <ul><li>Building skills to evaluate complex, perhaps initially unbounded, business issues that may include financial, competitive, organisational and policy considerations</li> <li>Understanding how to write Board papers, business cases and policy documents that hit the mark; giving senior managers and execs the information they need</li> <li>Developing wider &lsquo;executive-level&rsquo; business awareness, enabling delegates to better anticipate and empathise with diverse stakeholder requirements</li> <li>Developing a wider understanding and ability to influence across finance, marketing, technical and HR/ regulatory/ legal domains</li> <li>Increasing skills, competence and confidence for managers taking on leadership of more diverse teams and dealing with more senior management issues</li> <li>Helping technical, operations, legal, marketing, finance and other specialists to develop broader business competences and outlook for their career progression</li> <li>Helping to develop leaders as part of a wider career development plan.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is recommended for managers and professionals that already have some experience in their own specialisms and now wish to broaden out their strategic business skills and competences. This may be as they prepare for, or take on, more senior roles within their organisations or as they develop their careers in new areas.</p> <p>The course may especially benefit participants that are seeking to deepen and broaden their analytical skills and executive awareness. The course also includes practical coaching on how to write impactful Board level papers quickly and comprehensively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course delivers practical learning in the following areas:</p> <ul><li>How to frame complex business questions (e.g. strategy, policy, build-buy, investment, partnering) and control the evaluation process effectively</li> <li>How to develop and evaluate options using a range of quantitative and qualitative techniques, and to test conclusions</li> <li>How to marshal evidence-based arguments efficiently and communicate them effectively in board level papers</li> <li>Enhanced understanding of the &lsquo;Executive Context&rsquo; that senior managers and Boards need to take account of, as a contribution to delegates&rsquo; executive education &ndash; topics include a high-level introduction to: organisational types, their governance and objectives; market and public sector provision and externalities; competition, differentiation, strategy and marketing frameworks; environmental, culture and management style considerations; the impact of digital, IOT and social media.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Agenda:</p> <ul><li>Introduction (objectives, delegate styles, case themes, teams for exercises)</li> <li>Framing and managing strategic evaluations</li> <li>Developing and evaluating options for strategy, policy and decision papers</li> <li>Executive Context &ndash; What factors do senior leaders take into account for strategic decisions and policy questions?</li> <li>Writing authoritative, concise and compelling board papers</li> <li>Practical exercise: Developing a strategic case and communicating it</li> <li>Closing session (day review and key point summary)</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong><br><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10354-ian-andrews" target="_blank">Ian Andrews</a>&nbsp;is an independent strategy and business development consultant with 30 years&rsquo; combined industry and consulting experience in the telecoms, media and technology sectors, including leadership of strategic projects in more than 20 countries. Ian has a degree in Engineering from Oxford University and an MBA with distinction from Kingston Business School. He consults and trains independently under his &lsquo;1230 Consulting&rsquo; brand and with a network of colleagues and best-of-breed consulting and technology firms. His recent work includes developing strategies in the fast-growing IOT (Internet of Things) sector and helping mobile operators to develop strategic partnerships.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p><em>I really enjoyed the Executive Strategy and Policy Development course I attended at techUK. Material was very relevant for me, particularly around how you construct the strategy messages to senior teams. I found Ian Andrews to be very knowledgeable on the subject, and he balanced extremely well a relaxed style to the day and healthy debate with ensuring all the course objectives were met.</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Neil Aries</strong> - Managing Director, Critical Software Technologies Ltd</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>-&nbsp;<s>&pound;395.00 + VAT</s>&nbsp; &nbsp;Now: &pound;335.75 + VAT<br><strong>Non Members</strong>-&nbsp;<s>&pound;595.00 +VAT</s>&nbsp; &nbsp;Now: &pound;507.75 + VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14055&Itemid=518 Developing a World-Class Bid Capability http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14055&Itemid=518 Wed, 03 Oct 2018 14:44:39 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A successful Bid Capability is the lifeblood of tech organisations like yours. <p><strong>Leave with a roadmap to be a World-Class Bidding Organisation</strong></p> <p>A successful Bid Capability is the lifeblood of tech organisations like yours. Sadly, many organisations undervalue it, treating it as a siloed department subservient to Sales. Today's world-class bidding organisation places bidding at the heart of everything.</p> <p>A great example is Computacenter, who made the transition from being the leading UK tech reseller to the major force in the marketplace they are today by putting bidding at the heart of their business. Their journey began by assessing how they measured up against the Get to Great&reg; model below:</p> <p>This course uses the same model to start you on your journey to be a World-Class Bidding Organisation.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend the course?</strong></p> <p>Anyone with a stake in your organisation&rsquo;s Bid Capability and its success.</p> <ul><li>Sales Directors</li> </ul><ul><li>Senior Sales Leaders</li> </ul><ul><li>Head of Bid Management</li> </ul><ul><li>Bid Managers</li> </ul><ul><li>Solution Architects</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you register for this course?</strong></p> <ul><li>Used successfully by numerous global and UK based tech organisations over 15 years.</li> </ul><ul><li>Identify and prioritise the elements to work on to maximise win rates and minimise cost.</li> </ul><ul><li>The course delivers value regardless of the current size of your organisation.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <ul><li>Attendees leave with a roadmap that identifies and prioritises elements to develop and ideas to make it happen.</li> </ul><ul><li>Evidence-based output to take back to the business to raise the profile of the bid function, win executive support and additional resources.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00-9.30am</p> <p>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The 14 key elements &ndash; how well do you:</p> <ul><li>Value bidding and behave?</li> </ul><ul><li>Exhibit the appropriate skills and behaviours?</li> </ul><ul><li>Adhere to bid processes and procedures?</li> </ul><ul><li>Understand and influence opportunities before bidding?</li> </ul><ul><li>Qualify and invest in the appropriate opportunities?</li> </ul><ul><li>Resource the bid?</li> </ul><ul><li>Develop win strategies?</li> </ul><ul><li>Undertake solution design and costings?</li> </ul><ul><li>Develop and validate proposals?</li> </ul><ul><li>Develop and deliver presentations?</li> </ul><ul><li>Apply standard style and content?</li> </ul><ul><li>Negotiate and close opportunities?</li> </ul><ul><li>Review and learn from the outcome?</li> </ul><ul><li>What level of Leadership and support do people receive when bidding?</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/3339-chris-whyatt">Chris Whyatt</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years experience in successful strategic bid and capability development. Founding Director of the UK chapter of APMP, acting as their COO for the first three years. Created Get to Great&reg; - Developing World-Class Bid Capability in 2000. Subsequently developed and deployed as a Bid Capability development tool in dozens of tech organisations including Computacenter, De La Rue, HPE, IBM, SAP and numerous smaller businesses. Unlike many trainers, Chris is still actively practising his craft and has worked with techUK for the last ten years, delivering this and other programmes with great success.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Proof of ROI and value delivered</strong></p> <p>"The 'Get to Great&reg;' workshops we ran in 2006 and 2012 enabled our key stakeholders across the business to come together. We measured where we were, discussed what we could do and came up with shared plans to deliver improvements. On reflection they were catalyst that changed how we worked to deliver 'best-in-class' bid capability that has fuelled our growth across our business."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>David Newsome - Business Enablement - Head of Bid Management, Computacenter (UK) Ltd</em></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14058&Itemid=518 Strategies and Proposals for Must Win Deals http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14058&Itemid=518 Wed, 03 Oct 2018 15:21:34 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Come with a must-win-deal and leave with a plan to convert it to revenue <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Squeezed budgets and workforce reductions have made the traditional &lsquo;bid for three and expect (hope) to win one&rsquo; model unworkable. Being more selective in bidding demands a better win rate to make the numbers add up.</p> <p>The challenge is enabling your bid contributors to collectively hit a better win rate, and then maintain it, when everyone is already maxed out working on your must win deals?</p> <p>The solution is to uplift your people's skills while they work these deals by sending them on this course.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Interactive session uses &lsquo;live&rsquo; deals as the basis for learningDelivers immediate value with zero impact on &lsquo;business as usual&rsquo; - learnings applied directly to pipeline dealsDelivers long-term value &ndash; embeds improved process, learning and behaviour10+ years provenanceMultiple Proof Points / ROI casesImmediatly impact the must-win deals in your pipeline and smash your number going forward</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend the course?</strong></p> <p>Anyone with a stake in your must-win deals:</p> <ul><li>Sales People</li> </ul><ul><li>Sales Directors</li> </ul><ul><li>Senior Sales Leaders</li> </ul><ul><li>Head of Bid Management</li> </ul><ul><li>tBid Managers</li> </ul><ul><li>Solution Architects</li> </ul><ul><li>Consultants</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Attendees leave with a methodology and tools to develop win strategies and proposals that consistently convert must win deals. An immediate impact on current sales pipeline &ndash; learnings applied to &lsquo;live&rsquo; must win deals. Increases current and future effectiveness of bid contributors with zero impact on business as usual.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>A 1 Day on-site workshop covering the Get to Great&reg; ten step methodology:</p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00-9.30am<br> Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>The ten key stages:</strong></p> <p>Pre-workshop background reading and analysis by key bid team members (offline)</p> <ol><li>Requirements Analysis</li> <li>Solution Definition</li> <li>Competitive Analysis</li> <li>Risk Analysis</li> <li>Differentiators</li> <li>High-level Bid Strategy</li> <li>Management Summary Planning</li> <li>Management Summary Development</li> <li>Section Analysis &amp; Planning</li> <li>Question Analysis &amp; Planning</li> </ol><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/3339-chris-whyatt">Chris Whyatt&nbsp;</a>has over 20 years experience in successful strategic bid development. Founding Director of the UK chapter of APMP, acting as their COO for the first three years. Created Get to Great&reg; - Strategies and Proposals for Must Win Deals for British Nuclear Fuels in 2004. Subsequently developed and deployed as win strategy and proposal development tool in dozens of global organisations including Microsoft, LogicaCMG and most recently at Cyient. Unlike many trainers Chris is still actively practising his craft and has worked with TechUK for the last ten years, delivering this and other programmes with great success.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>Price (excluding VAT)</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13611&Itemid=518 Selling has Changed, Have You? http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13611&Itemid=518 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 12:41:20 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course will provide delegates with a new perspective and insight on selling. <p><strong>What Is the Course About?</strong></p> <p>Compare the old transactional sales model with a car which has a worn-out engine and is continually breaking down. Every few miles, you spend even more money on a quick fix, so you can drive it a little longer. Really, you know that throwing money at it is a waste of time. However, without the wherewithal to replace it, you are unsure of the alternative.</p> <p>To be successful in today&rsquo;s business climate demands a completely fresh approach.</p> <p>The onset of technology has led to a proliferation of companies competing globally. The World Wide Web has empowered buyers who have become increasingly sophisticated. This has led to a world where reputation and customer engagement are more important than ever.</p> <p>This course will provide delegates with a new perspective and insight on selling. It will give them a strategic understanding of how to make sales activity effective in a digital age. It will provide attendees with tools and techniques which they can utilise in their own businesses in order to achieve better sales results.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Should Attend?</strong></p> <p>You should consider this course if you want a better understanding of how effective selling works in today&rsquo;s digital economy, need to manage sales teams or staff or have a role which involves sales activities.</p> <p>&bull; Board level, senior management &amp; business leaders &ndash; to understand selling today</p> <p>&bull; Owner/Managers &ndash; who have to sell as part of their role</p> <p>&bull; Sales Managers &ndash; in order to manage staff more effectively</p> <p>&bull; Business Development/Salespeople &ndash; to get even better results</p> <p>&bull; Individuals who want to improve their sales skills</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Outcome?</strong></p> <p>&bull; Have real insight and understanding into the new landscape and how customers have changed</p> <p>&bull; Receive a sales framework and structure to get better results</p> <p>&bull; Obtain a better understanding of the new skills required when selling today</p> <p>&bull; Be introduced to a matrix that will ensure you create the most compelling sales messages</p> <p>&bull; Learn techniques and strategies for better prospecting and lead generation</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Agenda?</strong></p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;How the customer journey and expectations have changed in the digital world</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Why the approach to selling must be different in a world where the concept of &lsquo;value&rsquo; has been altered</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The move from a &lsquo;service economy&rsquo; to an &lsquo;experience economy&rsquo; and what that means for salespeople</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Why &lsquo;consultancy selling&rsquo; is no longer enough - and the sales method with which it should be replaced</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The relationship between sales and marketing and why it matters</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Ensuring that the sales process is buyer centric and why that is important</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Understanding &lsquo;buyer motivations&rsquo; and the way to use these during the sales process</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The importance of context and why it matters</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Getting &lsquo;your story&rsquo; right. The importance of the narrative</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The use of digital and social platforms in sales</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Effective prospecting and lead generation</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Is the Course Leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13098-grant-leboff" target="_blank">Grant Leboff</a>&nbsp;is one of the U.K's leading Sales and Marketing experts. Having built a successful direct marketing company, which he started in 2002, Grant sold it in 2008. As well as undertaking work as a Non Executive Director, he now has a number of other business interests. Sticky Marketing Club&reg; Ltd, is a sales and marketing consultancy providing companies with the strategies to thrive in an increasingly competitive world. Grant is a highly sought after consultant and speaker, and constantly makes presentations at conferences and events all over the world.&nbsp;He is a regular contributor to many business magazines and newspapers.&nbsp;</p> <p>A thought leader in his field, Leboff's main focus is to address the massive changes that are taking place in a world that is constantly being introduced to new technologies and an evolving World Wide Web. He continually challenges Sales &amp; Marketing conventions that become accepted wisdom, but don&rsquo;t necessarily deliver results.</p> <p>Amongst others, he has been featured in the Daily Telegraph, The Independent, The Financial Times, The Daily Mirror and The Sun. He has appeared on BBC Radio on numerous occasions as well as being featured on a significant number of US radio networks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p>We are at the ESSA&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3h5Fm?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23conference">#conference</a>&nbsp;today. We just listened to speaker&nbsp;<strong>Grant Leboff</strong>&nbsp;- he was&nbsp;<strong>very good!</strong>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3hBfo?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23eventprofs">#eventprofs</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3hG2q?url=https://t.co/5lObiirjJz">pic.twitter.com/5lObiirjJz</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;">Guardian Display,&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3h1rk?url=https://twitter.com/GuardianDisplay">@GuardianDisplay</a></p> <p>It was a&nbsp;<strong>really valuable</strong>&nbsp;event - definitely if you can get Grant to speak at your event he is&nbsp;worth every penny.</p> <p style="text-align: right;">Jay Blake,&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7vWd?url=https://twitter.com/jayblake_">@jayblake_</a><a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ70vg?url=https://twitter.com/fluff35"><strong>@</strong>fluff35</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ74Jj?url=https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@</strong>grantleboff</a></p> <p><strong>Absorbing, thought provoking</strong>&nbsp;talk from the excellent&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7F5n?url=https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@</strong>grantleboff</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7KVp?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23DigitalMarketing">#DigitalMarketing</a><a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7Qtr?url=https://t.co/OMTdOUhV53">twitter.com/wilkinskennedy&hellip;</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;">Phil Mullis,&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ79jl?url=https://twitter.com/phil_mullis">@phil_mullis</a></p> <p>We've just wrapped up a&nbsp;<strong>great session&nbsp;</strong>with&nbsp;<strong>@grantleboff</strong>&nbsp;, thanks for coming in Grant!&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/V4kXCnn?url=https://t.co/3YlRmZMojo">ow.ly/fLOI30gVjZg</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>ALPS</strong>@alpsltd</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13598&Itemid=373 How to Write and Deliver a Winning Pitch http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13598&Itemid=373 Wed, 01 Aug 2018 13:41:54 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Focusing on three situations: the Elevator Pitch, Introducing the Business and Pitching to Win <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>A one-day (CPD-accredited) training course that will transform the way you pitch yourself, your business and products and services - so what you say and how you say it is clearer, more powerful and more engaging.</p> <p>The course will focus on three key pitch situations: the Elevator Pitch, Introducing the Business and Pitching to Win. As well as refining delivery in each situation, delegates will leave with tools and approaches that will help them to continue to improve the way they write and deliver more compelling pitches and presentations in future.</p> <p>The day is spent learning how to use the tools and methodology and pitching live to a camera. The approach is designed to ensure delegates develop their skills and understanding, refine the pitches they prepared ahead of the training and become better and more confident communicators. As well as trying out new words and approaches on the day, delegates will also leave with a plan of action to take their pitches to the next level.</p> <p><strong>The 3 Pitch Situations in more detail</strong></p> <p><em>ELEVATOR PITCH &ndash; the first time you meet someone in a business setting where you explain what you and your business does.</em></p> <p><em>INTRODUCING the BUSINESS &ndash; where you are asked to present an overview of your business to a prospective client or to a panel.</em></p> <p><em>PITCHING to WIN &ndash; the moment you state your case for being selected, perhaps at the conclusion of a pitch or in answer to the question: &ldquo;Why should we pick you?&rdquo;</em></p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>The course is focused on real-world business situations and has been written to help those who play a role in promoting their business, who want to be better communicators and are open to constructive challenge.</p> <p>Attendees who will benefit include those:</p> <ul><li>Who have deep technical knowledge and expertise about their sector and/or products, but are pitching to a broader business community who may not have the same technical insight, and feel they can improve their ability to communicate verbally;</li> <li>Who find their role is evolving and requires them increasingly to be much more involved in presenting their business to customers at meetings, conferences and networking;</li> <li>Who find they habitually talk about features and don't know how to write pitches and proposals that focus on client benefits; and</li> <li>Who are competent presenters and want someone to constructively challenge their approach.</li> </ul><p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>At the end of the day attendees will:</p> <ul><li>Leave armed with 3 clearer and better pitches;</li> <li>Will have learned how to write a more compelling benefit-focused pitch;</li> <li>Will be better communicators; and</li> <li>Will have a personal improvement plan.</li> </ul><p>Delegates will subsequently have access to video recordings of their pitches and written guidance to drive personal improvement.</p> <p><strong>Course agenda</strong></p> <p>Part One &ndash; What does a &lsquo;good&rsquo; pitch read and sound like?</p> <ul><li>What is the purpose of a pitch and what qualities make a good Pitch?</li> <li>Elevator Pitch</li> <li>The importance of knowing your audience</li> <li>How to structure a pitch</li> </ul><p>Part Two &ndash; Present Your Business</p> <ul><li>4 minutes to present you business</li> <li>Each pitch will be filmed, and after everyone has had their turn, the group will review and critique each pitch using the criteria developed and agreed in Part One.</li> </ul><p>Part Three &ndash; Developing a Better Pitch</p> <ul><li>3 minutes to Pitch to Win.</li> <li>Each pitch will be filmed, and after everyone has had their turn, the group will review and critique each pitch using the criteria developed and agreed in Part One.</li> </ul><p><strong>Who is the Course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/7679-tony-treacy">Tony Treacy</a>&nbsp;is Managing Director of Pitch Factory. He brings a wealth of experience in marketing and communication gained working for international brands in both the business-to-business and business-to-consumer spaces and across many sectors including: telco, ISPs, technology manufacturing, retailing, automotive, aerospace, drinks, FMCG and luxury goods over the last 28 years.</p> <p><strong>Fee:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00<br>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13608&Itemid=372 Getting a return on investment from social Media http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13608&Itemid=372 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 11:33:53 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org The course will unlock the world of social media. <p>Registration from 9.15am</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course About?</strong></p> <p>While a powerful case can be made for the importance of social media, many companies are struggling with this channel.</p> <ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp;How can a business justify the time and effort spent on social media when it cannot see where the return on investment is coming?</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; Without the correct metrics to measure and manage the effectiveness of social media how can any spend be rationalised?</li> </ul><p>While businesses struggle with these questions, social media is becoming too important for companies to ignore. It has become a major provider of information for a vast majority of the population. Whether it is current affairs, what TV shows are currently hot or looking for advice about new products and services, an increasing number of individuals are relying on social platforms as a source of knowledge.</p> <p>This course will unlock the world of social media. It will ensure delegates understand exactly why companies need to be on social media. It will provide attendees with the strategic thinking they need to employ in order to make social media work effectively. Participants will feel empowered in how they can utilise social media and get a return on investment for their organisations.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Should Attend?</strong></p> <p>You should consider this course if you want a strategic understanding of how social media works, its importance today and how it can be used effectively.</p> <p>&bull; Board level, Senior Management &amp; Business Leaders</p> <p>&bull; Owner/Managers</p> <p>&bull; CMOs, Marketing Directors, Marketing Managers and other Marketing Personnel</p> <p>&bull; Individuals who want to improve their understanding of social media</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Outcome?</strong></p> <p>&bull; Obtain a real insight and understanding of how marketing communications have changed</p> <p>&bull; Learn the three rules required for your marketing communications to work</p> <p>&bull; Be provided with a mechanism for defining your tone of voice online</p> <p>&bull; Receive effective KPIs and measurements for tracking online performance</p> <p>&bull; Discover techniques for creating compelling content on a budget and without taking up too much time</p> <p>&bull; Find out how to cut through the noise and get noticed</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp;Why social media has become vital for every organisation</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The business rules that need to be utilised to make social media work</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; How to develop a &lsquo;tone of voice&rsquo; online that will capture your target market&rsquo;s imagination</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The metrics for how to measure social media effectively</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The strategic thinking required in order to make social media a powerful channel</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; How to implement a social media strategy</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The role of content in social media</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; Tactics to get noticed and not disappear with the other &lsquo;noise&rsquo;</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The role of your website</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Is the Course Leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13098-grant-leboff" target="_blank">Grant Leboff</a>&nbsp;is one of the U.K's leading Sales and Marketing experts. Having built a successful direct marketing company, which he started in 2002, Grant sold it in 2008. As well as undertaking work as a Non Executive Director, he now has a number of other business interests. Sticky Marketing Club&reg; Ltd, is a sales and marketing consultancy providing companies with the strategies to thrive in an increasingly competitive world. Grant is a highly sought after consultant and speaker, and constantly makes presentations at conferences and events all over the world.&nbsp;He is a regular contributor to many business magazines and newspapers.&nbsp;</p> <p>A thought leader in his field, Leboff's main focus is to address the massive changes that are taking place in a world that is constantly being introduced to new technologies and an evolving World Wide Web. He continually challenges Sales &amp; Marketing conventions that become accepted wisdom, but don&rsquo;t necessarily deliver results.</p> <p>Amongst others, he has been featured in the Daily Telegraph, The Independent, The Financial Times, The Daily Mirror and The Sun. He has appeared on BBC Radio on numerous occasions as well as being featured on a significant number of US radio networks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p>Today I came away&nbsp;<strong>inspired</strong>&nbsp;by&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/grantleboff/"><strong>Grant Leboff</strong></a>&nbsp;and his views on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/search/results/content/?keywords=%23marketing&amp;origin=HASH_TAG_FROM_FEED"><strong>#marketing</strong></a>&nbsp;and the future of what that means for&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/search/results/content/?keywords=%23business&amp;origin=HASH_TAG_FROM_FEED"><strong>#business</strong></a>.</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>Robyn MacMillan</strong>, 8 February 2018.&nbsp;<em>[LinkedIn]</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fantastic</strong>&nbsp;training at Keele today with&nbsp;<a href="https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@grantleboff</strong></a>. Are you ready for a marketing paradigm shift?</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>Adam Whitehouse,</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://twitter.com/ARWhitehouse13">@ARWhitehouse13</a>,&nbsp;7 February 2018.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13687&Itemid=373 Writing Effective Reports and Proposals http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13687&Itemid=373 Fri, 10 Aug 2018 10:52:24 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org In this workshop, you’ll learn how to use reports and proposals to communicate confidently <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The written word is a powerful business tool that can help you improve relationships, develop your credibility and influence others. In this workshop, you&rsquo;ll learn how to use reports and proposals to communicate confidently with a range of readers.</p> <p>Many internal and external clients require written materials in order to evaluate whether to go ahead with a set of recommendations. If your document isn&rsquo;t coherent or convincing, you may fail to get the result you want &ndash; no matter how good your ideas are.</p> <p>The workshop features guidance in structuring your argument for the page and developing a clear, effective style. We&rsquo;ll practice planning, drafting, editing, so that by the end of the day you&rsquo;ll have tackled the whole process. All the teaching points will be illustrated by examples. Throughout the workshop, you&rsquo;ll have the opportunity to test out techniques in practical exercises as a group, in pairs and individually.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Sales professionals who want to write winning proposals.</li> <li>Consultants who want to present written recommendations with credibility.</li> <li>Any professionals who want to demonstrate their expertise on the page</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>By the end of the workshop, you&rsquo;ll be able to take control over your own writing process, including managing the time it takes. You&rsquo;ll be able to evaluate what makes a good sentence, paragraph or document. Moreover, you&rsquo;ll have a range of tools to help you write persuasive reports and proposals.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9:00am</p> <ul><li>Understanding and refining the process &ndash; planning, drafting, editing.</li> <li>Identifying your objective &ndash; what do you want your reader to do?</li> <li>Writing from your reader&rsquo;s perspectiveStructuring and signposting your points.</li> <li>Practising planning your report, drafting an introduction/executive summary and editing another participant&rsquo;s copy.</li> <li>Using correct grammar and punctuation.</li> <li>Developing a clear, plain English style.</li> <li>Producing an attractive, easy-to-read layout</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10060-karen-glossop" target="_blank">Karen Glossop&rsquo;s</a>&nbsp;expertise lies in coaching people to explore different approaches to how they present their messages, whether they're writing words on the page or speaking to a live audience. Since 1997, she has tutored groups and individuals in areas such as: influencing, presentation skills, facilitation skills, business writing, personal impact, storytelling, creativity and leadership.</p> <p>Karen is an Associate Tutor at London Business School and Said Business School, Oxford. She is also a Consultant at the Centre of Charity Effectiveness, Cass Business School. Recent clients include: KBC Group NV; Safer London; Great Ormond Street Hospital Children&rsquo;s Charity; Flag Communications; Transport for London; Birkbeck, University of London; Price Waterhouse Coopers; Forrester Research; Microsoft; QAD, Europe; Domestic &amp; General.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p><em>&ldquo;The course was really good, I thought that Karen was a brilliant tutor and I left the course feeling very motivated. Thank you for everything.&rdquo;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong><em>Jo Stobbs</em></strong><em>, Unilever, Portfolio &amp; Programme Management Office</em></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>&ldquo;Good course! I will recommend it to my colleagues!&rdquo;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Alex Biewenga</strong>, Phillips ED&amp;T</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;395.00 + VAT</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;595.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org." target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</a></strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13868&Itemid=521 Strategic Thinking and Fast Growth Leadership Essentials http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13868&Itemid=521 Wed, 05 Sep 2018 11:07:14 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Maximise the impact of people management by understanding important management styles <p>In a continually fast paced business environment, company founders and managers of people need increased support to continually develop the core business success skills of strategic thinking and leadership. This course is packed with refreshers and new approaches to maximise the impact of founders, leaders and other managers of people in ambitious, rapidly changing companies.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>This course is taken from a module within a degree level Institute of Leadership &amp; Management (ILM) accredited Leadership Progression Programme which has received excellent delivery ratings from our ILM trainers. It includes a strong blend of theory and helps delegates to create practical, actionable activities which are easy to implement for driving improved business performance outcomes.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Company founders and employees with direct line reports who would like to take some quality time out from the day to day pressures and develop their ability to get better at strategic thinking and leadership to drive greater support and performance results from those around them.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Attendee course outcomes</strong></p> <ul><li>Improved ability to motivate and lead line reports in a fast growth environment.</li> </ul><ul><li>An understanding of SMART objectives and goal setting.</li> </ul><ul><li>More effective communication, delegation and prioritisation skills.</li> </ul><ul><li>Better understanding for the importance and use of management styles in business and personal branding.</li> </ul><ul><li>Leadership; which styles and when to use them.</li> </ul><ul><li>How to use self-review processes to drive improved outcomes.<br>Knowledge to competently identify, assess and develop a plan for mitigating business risk and threats.</li> </ul><ul><li>How to create and apply a focussed approach to managing improved output focused activities.</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>The Agenda</strong></p> <p>We will explore and develop simple action plans across the following topics;</p> <ul><li>Strategic Thinking.</li> </ul><ul><li>Fast Growth Leadership.</li> </ul><ul><li>When To Manage Vs. When To Lead.</li> </ul><ul><li>How Not To Manage.</li> </ul><ul><li>Personal Branding.</li> </ul><ul><li>Effective Goal Setting.</li> </ul><ul><li>Risk Management.</li> </ul><ul><li>Self Review Processes.</li> </ul><ul><li>Performance Management With Effective Communication And Prioritisation Methods</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>The course leader</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10091-daryl-woodhouse">Daryl Woodhouse</a>&nbsp;is the Founder Director of award winning business consultancy and training group Advantage Business Partnerships Limited.<br>As well as being a co-author of the five star rated Creating Business Advantage, Daryl is an Award winning Thought Leader, Business Strategist, Leadership Trainer, Mentor and Business Coach.</p> <p>To pursue his passion for developing people and helping companies scale up more sustainably and more easily, Daryl left a successful corporate career in various leadership, strategy and training roles to set up ABP Ltd in January 2012. ABP is now a 25 strong team of trainers, coaches, mentors and consultants supporting a range of companies from large corporates, to scale ups and early stage start ups.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider</strong></p> <p><em>&ldquo;Professional and structured services to help you grow your business. I can&rsquo;t recommend them enough.&rdquo;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Matt Perkins -&nbsp;<strong>FreeAgent</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>&ldquo;ABP are highly professional and have a strong understanding of all issues around the SME space. Daryl has as a focussed approach to his work and puts his customers at the heart of all he does.&rdquo;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Andrew Charnley - Head of Region, Trade &amp; Working Capital,&nbsp;<strong>Lloyds Banking Group</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>&ldquo;ABP are a pleasure to work with. Daryl and his team are agile, proactive and have developed a great strategy for working with scale.&rdquo;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Ravi Goodimal - &nbsp;Former Associate Director at&nbsp;<strong>Grant Thornton</strong>&nbsp;and Head of Market for&nbsp;<strong>Growth Accelerator</strong></em></p> <p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>&ldquo;Our revenue has more than doubled. Now, we have a clear, focused business plan, and a better work-life balance&rdquo;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Director -&nbsp;<strong>Kaizen Furniture</strong></em></p> <p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>&ldquo;The need for SME's to get quality management input from experienced professionals has rarely been more expedient. Daryl, his team and their wider contacts can deliver a range of affordable services and make a real difference.&rdquo;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Jonathan Reeves - Channel Manager,&nbsp;<strong>ArchOver Ltd</strong></em></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;595.00</p> <p><em>Price (excluding VAT)</em></p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">click here</a>&nbsp;to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13749&Itemid=372 Mobile Video Pro (iPhone or Android) - Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13749&Itemid=372 Fri, 17 Aug 2018 11:15:40 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A course by Alex Pell, former tech editor of The Sunday Times and founder of Dashboard Media <p><span style="color:#ff0000"><strong>10% early-bird discount if registration and payment are both completed by 23 March 2018</strong></span></p> <h3>Everyone who attends the course on this date will receive a free mobile-video kit (worth &pound;249).</h3> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The Mobile Video Pro masterclass will empower you to shoot, edit, or share fantastic footage with nothing but your handset. Video is the most powerful way to showcase your business and so it makes perfect sense to learn how to do this with the camera that&rsquo;s always in your pocket &ndash; a phone.&nbsp;You will also discover the apps or gadgets that unlock truly professional results in just a single day.</p> <p>Dashboard Media is London's top mobile-video training agency. Since 2011, we have kickstarted the creativity of many of the UK's best-known brands. Our courses deliver instant skills-acceleration with plenty of 'practical playtime&rsquo; because the best way to learn anything is to get your hands dirty and have fun. We believe in small groups and so there are no more than a dozen delegates at this event.</p> <p>Mobile Video Pro is the original and best training of its type in the UK. This is a proven programme that has helped hundreds of people to achieve amazing things. Come along and find out why.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>You will learn to:</strong>&nbsp;</p> <ul><li>Plan video shoots that work in all conditions</li> </ul><ul><li>Capture footage that&rsquo;s rock-solid and pin-sharp</li> </ul><ul><li>Record clear audio with &lsquo;mobile&rsquo; mics</li> </ul><ul><li>Edit on the phone with voiceover or titles</li> </ul><ul><li>Publish straight onto social channels</li> </ul><ul><li>Broadcast live with Facebook or Instagram</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>We&rsquo;ve given up guessing why people need to make more videos. What we do know is that Mobile Video Pro has enabled hundreds of our clients to meet their business goals, whatever these may be. Here are just a few inspiring examples. What will you do with your new skills?</p> <ul><li><strong>British Gas</strong>&nbsp;fixes boilers faster because its engineers now share instructional video-clips</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>Queen Mary University</strong>&nbsp;gives sneak previews of projects its scientists are cooking-up in the lab</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>Save the Children</strong>&nbsp;field-workers reveal the truth about emergency situations as they unfold</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>The Foreign and Commonwealth Office</strong>&nbsp;showcases events at British embassies around the globe</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>UBS</strong>&nbsp;sells its invaluable financial insights into media outlets as news stories go live</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>The Football Association</strong>&nbsp;publishes social interviews with England players on foreign trips</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>English Heritage</strong>&nbsp;captures the flavour of events that it runs at the UK&rsquo;s historic monuments</li> </ul><ul><li><a href="https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/" target="_blank"><strong>The Canal &amp; River Trust</strong></a>&nbsp;is making a &lsquo;<a href="https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/enjoy-the-waterways/boating/a-guide-to-boating/boaters-handbook" target="_blank">video-handbook</a>&rsquo; as an accessible resource for boaters</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p>This event will be led by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/11755-alex-pell" target="_blank">Alex Pell</a>, former tech editor of The Sunday Times and founder of Dashboard Media, London&rsquo;s top creative-skills accelerator. Alex has also edited Stuff Magazine, the world's best-selling consumer tech title, and has an invaluable gift for making even the most complex ideas simple. In 2015, he won the &lsquo;People&rsquo;s Choice&rsquo; Webby Award for urban innovation and the JustGiving &lsquo;Tech for Good&rsquo; Award as co-founder of SnapDonate, the fintech fundraising app. The Mobile Video Pro course was co-devised by Richard Taylor, founding editor of Click, the BBC's flagship tech-brand.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials:</strong></p> <p>Watch how Mobile Video Pro helps Cancer Research UK tell incredible stories</p> <p><iframe height="350" src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/t3kJ4aAocnQ" width="425"></iframe></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;I have personally never before come away from a training course feeling so excited.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Martin McGlown</strong>, Head of Regional Press, Cancer Research UK</em></p> <p>&ldquo;Thank you for the excellent training. The group took a great deal away from these sessions &ndash; and naturally they all wanted a bit longer&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Kate Burnham</strong>, Digital Training &amp; Upskilling Officer, Foreign &amp; Commonwealth Office</em></p> <p>&ldquo;Dashboard Media is the best-kept secret in training. It has created inspirational courses for lots of our editorial teams. This is a classy operation&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Will Findlater</strong>, Editor-in-Chief, Haymarket Creative Solutions</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost</strong></p> <p>techUK Members -&nbsp;&pound;399.00<br> Non Members - &pound;599.00<br> Price (excluding VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What are the requirements for attending the course?</strong></p> <p>You will need to free up at least 500MB of storage and pre-install two apps. And don't forget to charge the battery.<br><br> For iPhone owners, the two apps you need are: Apple iMovie (free) and FiLMic Pro (&pound;14.99). If you have an iPhone 7 or newer, then kindly also bring your Lightning headphone-adaptor.<br><br> If you own an Android handset, there are two versions of the FiLMic app. To see which one is right for you, please download the free&nbsp;<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.filmic.compatibilitytest&amp;hl=en_GB" target="_blank">FiLmic Evaluator</a>&nbsp;app (see below) as it will identify which one you should buy.&nbsp;</p> <p><br> Android fans will also need to pre-install the&nbsp;<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.cyberlink.powerdirector.DRA140225_01&amp;hl=en_GB" target="_blank">PowerDirector</a>&nbsp;app (&pound;4.99) for the editing section of the course.</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org">Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13618&Itemid=260 Understanding and Engaging With Government http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13618&Itemid=260 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 15:16:12 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Understanding of how central government is structured and operated, and the culture in Whitehall. <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early Bird discount of 20% applies if registration and payment are made by 25 February 2019</strong></span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Registration from 9.15am</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the understanding and engaging with government course?</strong></p> <p>This course will help give you a good understanding of how central government is structured and operated, and the culture in Whitehall, so that you can have confidence when interacting with government. We will look at successful ways to communicate with government, and methods that don&rsquo;t work so well.</p> <p>You will improve your knowledge of Whitehall which will enable you to build better relationships with civil servants and public servants, and improve your understanding of current public sector clients. We will look at the pressures that civil servants are under, what they have to consider when making decisions and what it&rsquo;s like working in the corridors of power. We will also look at the role of social media in communicating with government.</p> <p>The course is very interactive and there will be time to deal with specific situations that you would like to explore from your own experience. You will hear stories of things that went well (and badly!). For those who want to, there will be a chance to learn from role playing scenarios.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend the course?</strong></p> <p>Anyone who currently works with Whitehall, or would like to work with Whitehall or simply wants to know more about the culture of Whitehall and how to get the best out of relationships with public sector stakeholders.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You will develop:</p> <ul><li>confidence in dealing with Whitehall and central government</li> <li>clarity on how to communicate with government</li> <li>do&rsquo;s and don&rsquo;ts for working with Whitehall</li> <li>understanding of the Whitehall and public sector cultures and the political context</li> <li>a sense of what it&rsquo;s like to work with Ministers &amp; confidence in dealing with senior government stakeholders</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/11839-jo-clift" target="_blank">Jo Clift</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years&rsquo; experience at the heart of Whitehall. She spent a number of years in senior communications roles, including Head of Communications for the BSE Inquiry and then Press Secretary to Lord Falconer. She has worked closely with many ministers over the years, including Lord Peter Mandelson and Sir Oliver Letwin. She also worked at Number 10 in the Prime Minister&rsquo;s press office.</p> <p>Jo&rsquo;s other government roles include creating the Coalition Government&rsquo;s ICT strategy in 2011, developing a new model for corporate shared services across Whitehall, and leading on high level board appointments to public bodies. Jo gained private sector experience as a senior manager at Deloitte Consulting.</p> <p>Jo now works as a professional trainer, coach and business consultant specialising in communicating with and understanding government. She specializes in training senior executives for select committee appearances. She is a published writer on the civil service and Brexit.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Registration and coffee will be from 9.00-9.30am Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>Topics to be covered are:</p> <ul><li>How is central government structured</li> <li>What is it like being a civil servant &amp; what are the current challenges for Whitehall</li> <li>How to get your views heard in Whitehall</li> <li>Do&rsquo;s and don&rsquo;ts for communicating and working with Whitehall</li> <li>A guide to doing business with Ministers</li> <li>How to get the best from your stakeholders in government</li> <li>There will be a chance to focus on real life examples</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost?</strong></p> <p>techUK member- &pound;395 &amp; VAT</p> <p>Non techUK member- &pound;595 &amp; VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13724&Itemid=295 Coaching Skills for Technical Managers and Leaders http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13724&Itemid=295 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 10:28:49 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Gain greater understanding of how to apply technical skills in a creative way <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 1 April 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Coaching Skills for Technical Managers and Leaders</strong></p> <p>This course will improve your understanding of what coaching is, specifically targeted to the technical mind-set, giving you the skills to coach and motivate your team to high performance and get results.</p> <p>According to research, those in technical roles, typically possess a drive to analyse and explore a system, figuring out how things work, processes or what the underlying causes. These are great skills to have and many of the world&rsquo;s best companies have discovered how to get the best from this kind of person. On the contrary being a great coach is all about empathy and asking powerful questions which guide the person being coached through the issue.</p> <p>Add to this the fact that some in tech role can also be highly creative (picture Bill Gates) and have the ability to focus with great intensity in one area and also see innovative ideas, patterns and possibilities that would likely be missed by the rest of us.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Our workshop is aimed primarily at those who are responsible for managing and leading 'technical' teams. The course will be beneficial to both existing managers and those who are transitioning or interested in moving into a leadership and management role. It will also be of interest to anyone who needs to bridge the communication gap between front end sales and the technical team.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Soft Skills 4Tech and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br> Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>Specifically tailored to the technical mindset the course will cover the following:</p> <ul><li>What is coaching?</li> <li>Understanding the coachee</li> <li>Coaching tools to suit the coachee</li> <li>When should you coach?</li> <li>Applying a coaching model</li> <li>Coaching to get results</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non-Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13773&Itemid=295 GDPR - Upheaval or more of the same? http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13773&Itemid=295 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:56:25 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org GDPR - The basic and fundamental principles <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The GDPR has slowly come upon us, leaving many businesses, especially SME's, confused. The Regulation is effective as of 25 May 2018, yet it is long and detailed, while leaving some matters to domestic legislation, and leaving other principles vague. It is not an easy read, or one that most SME's would want to undertake - but it is so crucial to modern business that everyone needs some understanding of its principles - from the Board of Directors down to the humblest operative in the IT Department. It is not just a question of avoiding big fines, but a question of following modern best practice - because it is not just government, but ordinary people, who expect compliance with data protection law in the modern world.</p> <p>Unlike other courses, this one is aimed at the tech industry in particular, concentrating on what is of importance to those operating in that sector, such as those offering cloud services, outsourcing, development or integration.</p> <p>This course is run by Richard Stephens, already well known for his detailed, practical and informative courses on commercial law, and he is bringing those same qualities to this course on the GDPR.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Most people in a modern business will have some contact with data, whether collecting it, processing it or negotiating or administering contracts for processing data. So this course is for everyone.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course will take delegates through the basic principles of the GDPR and will introduce the fundamental principles. More than just a recitation of the GDPR's provisions, reference is made where appropriate to the abundant guidance available on aspects of the GDPR, both from national and EU supervisory bodies and from other third parties. The course is accompanied by Q&amp;A sessions, allowing delegates to apply their existing knowledge and discuss difficult areas e.g. how the GDPR applies to cloud providers.</p> <p>Delegates will come away with a sound knowledge of the basics and a good grasp of how it applies to the tech sector, as well as an understanding of what steps need to be taken to ensure compliance with the law.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The course looks at the following areas among others:</p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; territorial scope of the GDPR</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; basic principles:</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; consent&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; lawfulness of processing</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; legitimate interests</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Security and breach notification</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;the individual's "new" rights</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;notices</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;access, rectification and portability</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;rights to object</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;automated decision making and profiling</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;transferring data</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;supervision and enforcement</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members -&nbsp;&pound;295.00</p> <p>Non Members -&nbsp;&pound;495.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">your company is a member of techUK</a>, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13850&Itemid=295 How to achieve more in less time http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13850&Itemid=295 Tue, 04 Sep 2018 10:06:05 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Helping you to find a practical and effective action plan to achieve more in less time <p><strong>Early bird discount of 25% applies if registration and payment by 8 April 2018</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;<em>&lsquo;I wish there were more hours in the day&rsquo;</em><br><em>&lsquo;I wish I didn&rsquo;t have so much to do all the time&rsquo;</em></p> <p>In today&rsquo;s continually fast-moving business environment; company founders and employees need better support to continually get the most from often strained and limited resources, and if that sounds like you; then you need this very practical, often life changing workshop!</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>It is loaded with practical methods to develop, refine and execute a more effective and efficient use of your precious time and resource at both individual and company level in an ambitious high-pressure business or department. Our expert trainer will help you leave the course with clear steps to achieve more output from less of your time, resource and energy.</p> <p>The course is adapted by our expert trainer from a module within his degree level Institute of Leadership &amp; Management (ILM) accredited Leadership Development Programme which has received excellent delivery ratings. It delivers a delicate blend of theory whilst helping delegates to create practical, actionable activities which are easy to implement for driving improved individual and business performance outcomes with less stress!</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Anyone who wishes there were more hours in the day, or less work to do!<br> It is for entrepreneurs, business leaders and employees in large, medium or small companies who wish to learn practical ways to reduce stress whilst improving productivity and life-work balance.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Attendee course outcomes</strong></p> <ul><li>How to get the greatest return and greatest reward from your efforts</li> <li>What to do first when you see so many opportunities without enough hours in the day</li> <li>How to manage the tasks that &lsquo;only you&rsquo; can do</li> <li>How to delegate and ensure your high standards aren&rsquo;t lowered by others</li> <li>How to increase productivity, sales and profit without having to employ more people</li> <li>How to drive the business and do your day job without working long hours</li> <li>Avoid working long hours on a never-ending to-do list</li> <li>Gain the right level of recognition and reward for your efforts</li> <li>Understand how you and your colleagues can contribute better towards clearly defined goals</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Agenda</strong></p> <p>We will explore and develop simple action plans across the following topics;</p> <ul><li>Effective delegation including quality control of what you delegate</li> <li>Creating an environment which maximises the impact and potential of your team</li> <li>Personal time efficiency: inbox, phone and calendar activity planning with strategic prioritising</li> <li>Forward capacity and resource planning</li> <li>Outsource efficiencies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Course Leader</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10091-daryl-woodhouse">Daryl Woodhouse</a>&nbsp;enjoys wearing several hats every week as a Key Note Speaker, Business Strategist, ILM accredited Leadership Trainer, and Inspirational Mentor.</p> <p>Daryl&rsquo;s time is highly sought after not least from winning numerous awards for his work helping business leaders and entrepreneurs accelerate success, including being voted as a top 50 UK business adviser. As if he doesn&rsquo;t sound busy enough; whilst being a proud father to three young children, Daryl even found time to co-write the five-star rated business success guide Creating Business Advantage!</p> <p>To pursue his passion for developing people and helping companies scale up more sustainably and more easily, Daryl left a successful corporate career in various leadership, strategy and training roles to set up Advantage Business Partnerships Ltd in January 2012. ABP is now an internationally award-winning group with a 25-strong team of leading trainers, coaches, mentors and consultants supporting a range of companies from large corporates, to scale ups and early stage start-ups.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider</strong></p> <p>&ldquo;<em>Professional and structured services to help you grow your business. I can&rsquo;t recommend them enough.&rdquo;&nbsp;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Matt Perkins, <strong>FreeAgent</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;<em>ABP are highly professional and have a strong understanding of all issues around the SME space. Daryl has as a focussed approach to his work and puts his customers at the heart of all he does</em>.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Andrew Charnley - Head of Region, Trade &amp; Working Capital, <strong>Lloyds Banking Group</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;<em>ABP are a pleasure to work with. Daryl and his team are agile, proactive and have developed a great strategy for working with scale</em>.&rdquo;&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Ravi Goodimal - Head of Market &amp; Grant Thornton, Former Associate Director, <strong>Growth Accelerator</strong> </em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;<em>Our revenue has more than doubled. Now, we have a clear, focused business plan, and a better work-life balance</em>&rdquo;.&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Director, <strong>Kaizen Furniture</strong></em></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp; Now &pound;296.25</p> <p>Non Members - WAs&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp; Now &pound;446.25</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13727&Itemid=295 Leadership for Technical Managers http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13727&Itemid=295 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 10:59:16 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course is designed to improve business insight and leadership and management skills <p><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 10 April 2019</strong></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Leadership Skills course?</strong></p> <p>This course is designed to improve business insight and leadership and management skills. It will enable key members of your technical, consultancy and sales support team to develop their leadership and commercial skills.</p> <p>This course will help participants to create a work environment that encourages commitment, innovation and co-operation. Delegates will be gaining an insight into effective leadership and acquire the skills to manage, guide and develop a technical or consultancy team to achieve success.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Our workshop is aimed primarily at those who are responsible for managing and leading 'technical' teams. The course will be beneficial to both existing managers and those who are transitioning or interested in moving into a leadership and management role. It will also be of interest to anyone who needs to bridge the communication gap between front end sales and the technical team.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Beyond and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, PeopleSoft and Dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The following topics will be covered:</p> <ul><li>Understanding the difference between leading and managing a technical team</li> <li>Building credibility and trust as a leader</li> <li>Developing a powerful personal leadership brand</li> <li>Identifying your strength and derailleurs &nbsp;</li> <li>Motivating a team to success</li> <li>Communication strategies for a variety of situations</li> <li>Managing teams through change</li> <li>Managing remote and virtual teams</li> <li>Developing a team through coaching</li> <li>Understanding stress management and conflict resolution</li> <li>Dealing with difficult personalities</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non-Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">here&nbsp;</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13664&Itemid=295 Essential Contract Law for IT Professionals http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13664&Itemid=295 Wed, 08 Aug 2018 08:53:45 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org What you absolutely must know to get by <p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Early Bird Disscount of 10% if you register and pay before 21 April</strong></span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Understanding the fundamentals of contract law is becoming more and more important to software companies: contracts are getting longer and more detailed and the risk of pitfalls increases with every step. Contracts are not just for the bottom draw, but are a living part of any commercial relationship and everyone involved in delivery needs to be aware of the impact of what they do when interacting with business partners. You don't need to be a legal wizard to know every point, but you do need to know what the major risk areas are &ndash; what are the points to avoid, which are the ones to look out for and when you need to take advice. Most important of all, you need to know what steps you can take to minimise your commercial risks and run a set of contracts.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is aimed at anyone who comes into contact with contracts &ndash; in particular those people responsible for negotiating them and agreeing terms. It will therefore be of interest to those working in bid teams, account managers and senior executives.</p> <p>During the course of the day, the course leader will take delegates through all stages of a project, from entering into a contract through to termination, taking in all the various risk areas along the way. The most important part of the day is working through the workshop scenarios &ndash; real scenarios taken from real-life cases &ndash; to illustrate what can go wrong and what steps can be taken to avoid or minimise the risks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The sessions and workshop scenarios will go through the following crucial areas:</p> <ul><li>How to enter into a contract &ndash; what do you need to get a binding contract, the "battle of the forms" &ndash; and how to win it.</li> <li>How not to enter into a contract &ndash; doing so unwittingly, "letters of intent", "heads of agreement", "MOU's".</li> <li>Tendering, misrepresentation, entire agreement clauses &ndash; a threat and an opportunity, timescales and milestones, promises about scope which cannot be met.</li> <li>How the courts interpret contracts &ndash; why they might not mean what you think they mean.</li> <li>Meaning of common expressions &ndash; reasonable endeavours, good faith, orders of precedence, agreements to agree, implied terms, change control and scope creep.</li> <li>Limits of liability, "penalty" clauses, liquidated damages, the Unfair Contract Terms Act, direct and indirect/consequential loss, loss of profits.</li> <li>The end-game &ndash; force majeure, material breach, repudiatory breach, termination, "boilerplate" provisions &ndash; and what happens if you terminate when you are not entitled to.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens" target="_blank">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>"At HPD, we found the course provided by Richard Stephens to be invaluable. His clear delivery of the key facts, with real examples of how things can go wrong, were really easy to get to grips with and everyone who took part, from account managers to senior executives, really found the course insightful; it will certainly shape much of our day to day operation. Having your eyes open in any contractual matters is both good for your business and for your clients. I would certainly recommend this course to anyone in the Information Technology delivery market."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Kevin Day</strong>, COO at HPD Software Limited</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"I work with contracts on a daily basis, and this course has given me a more thorough understanding of the basics of English contract law. Richard Stephens is incredibly experienced and pitches this course at just the right level and tempo."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>David Shaw</strong>, Mapping Specialist, Paragon Software Systems plc</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">your company is a member of techUK</a>, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</p> <p>This course is also available for presentation in-house, where we can offer a special discounted rate. Please contact Georgina McCall for more details.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13810&Itemid=295 Drafting and Negotiating Service Level Agreements http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13810&Itemid=295 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:35:03 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org What is of importance to those operating in the tech sector <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Service Level Agreements (SLA&rsquo;s) are a part of both modern business and modern government: many businesses and government departments (central and local) claim to offer compliance with SLA&rsquo;s, and SLA&rsquo;s lie at the heart of many agreements in the tech sector: cloud services, software support, outsourcing, help desks - really anything where one party provides a service to another.</p> <p>Considered &ldquo;technical&rdquo;, they may not be drafted by lawyers or others with lengthy drafting experience in the first place - but of the entire contractual suite of documents, the SLA may well turn out to be the one piece of documentation the parties have most recourse to in the lifetime of a contract.</p> <p>Getting an SLA right at the outset will save the parties much pain later and prevent arguments over what the SLA actually means or how it applies to what has happened in practice. Despite this basic fact, many SLA&rsquo;s fail&nbsp;either because they are too complicated or because they exist in a theoretical world divorced from reality.</p> <p>This course is run by Richard Stephens, already well known for his detailed, practical and informative courses on commercial law, and he is bringing those same qualities to this course on SLA&rsquo;s. He draws on his experience of drafting and negotiating SLA&rsquo;s over many years and provides practical examples from his own experience as guides to good drafting and negotiation practice.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Most people in a modern business will have some contact with an SLA - from the commercial management team drafting and negotiating one to the IT Department which is trying to understand and operate it. Just about anyone in your organisation will want to learn how to draft and operate an SLA.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course will take delegates logically through the process of establishing and drafting an SLA, focusing on the impact of SLA&rsquo;s on the tech sector and how they are used in, for example, cloud service agreements or helpdesk or other support agreements.</p> <p>Delegates will come away with knowledge of how to go about setting up an SLA, what to include and what to exclude, an understanding of key expressions including the all important TLA&rsquo;s so beloved of the tech sector (SLA is itself a TLA &hellip;), an appreciation of the key negotiation areas and the major pitfalls to look out for.</p> <p>The course includes plenty of opportunities for Q&amp;A using worked examples as a basis for discussion.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The course looks at the following areas among others:</p> <ul><li>How are SLA&rsquo;s put together?</li> <li>What is the right balance to strike when making an SLA:</li> <li>How to make sure your drafting works - aim for precision and simplicity</li> <li>Relationship to the main agreement</li> <li>Who should do the first draft?</li> <li>How to measure the various services (which ones to include)</li> <li>What remedies should be proposed for non-compliance with service levels</li> <li>The provider wants to describe its normal service</li> <li>The customer which wants a big stick to beat the provider with</li> <li>What does the law say about SLA&rsquo;s (there has been a movement in the law&rsquo;s approach to these things)</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;295.00 + VAT</p> <p>Non-Members - &pound;495.00 + VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13720&Itemid=373 Powerful Storytelling for Tech http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13720&Itemid=373 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 09:56:35 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Suitable for those who give presentations to communicate and influence a sale effectively <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 29 April 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>As Tech companies see a shift towards the non-technical buyer, storytelling is increasingly a core personal skill for engaging with customers in a more meaningful and compelling way. To really connect and differentiate we need the skills and confidence to move away from traditional presentations and instead focus on crafting a great story. Those who are powerful storytellers can paint a solution that sticks in the customer&rsquo;s mind and helps to sell up the value chain. Investing time and resources developing fabulous features and benefits is wasted if customers don&rsquo;t believe your story and their feelings about your products and services remain unchanged.</p> <p>A great story needs to do three things for your customer;</p> <ol><li>Confirm the customers world view; what they care about? What change they are looking for</li> <li>Make an emotional connection</li> <li>Deliver information which is logical to rationalise decision making</li> </ol><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>The Storytelling for Tech workshop is suitable for those who must present and communicate, sell, influence, overcome objections and shift mindsets.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The following topics will be covered:</p> <p>Overview of storytelling principles<br>The power of storytelling and &lsquo;science&rsquo; of why it works<br>The Hero&rsquo;s journey: Unfulfilled desire, confrontation and obstacles, resolution<br>Structuring and developing a story&rsquo;s flow</p> <ul><li>Beginning bond with audience - connecting</li> <li>Introducing tension/conflict - engage customers</li> <li>Middle contrast what is and what could be - differentiating</li> <li>End with heightened sense of &lsquo;wow&rsquo;</li> </ul><p>Adding emotional texture<br>Spicing a story with visual, sensory and auditory words<br>Using &lsquo;sticky&rsquo; metaphors<br>Creating a memorable and persuasive moment<br>Context and relevancy - linking stories to the audience<br>Strategies for handling common sales challenges through storytelling<br>Delivering storytelling through different medium; images, flipchart, slides</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong><br><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Soft Skills 4Tech and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience and Psychology (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training, Coaching and Psychometric Profiling</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13878&Itemid=518 Consultative Selling http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13878&Itemid=518 Thu, 06 Sep 2018 14:40:12 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org How to make sales by making your customer successful <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment are made by 30 April 2018</strong></span></p> <p>How to make sales by making your customer successful</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course about?</strong></p> <p>Sales professionals must articulate how their company can deliver business value to their customers. It sounds simple, but in practice there are formidable barriers to understanding the customer's needs and transforming often hazy and incomplete ideas into a plan that will give decision-makers the confidence to invest.</p> <p>This workshop gives you a clear, structured approach that will ensure you discover what you need to know and then, like magic, explicitly align your interests with your customer. It then shows how to use a highly persuasive and entirely non-confrontational method to convince customers why they should trust your company to help them.</p> <p>The workshop is highly interactive and provides extensive opportunities to practise the new skills in exercises and role-play.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Sales professionals</li> <li>Business Leaders</li> <li>Consultants who want to sell more by earning trust and respect</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The workshop enables you to master PROUD OSCAR&reg;, a proven, powerful consultative sales call model. It ensures you get to the root of what the customer really needs while simultaneously demonstrating your own expertise and adding value. It shows you four simple techniques to identify and articulate business value and then work cooperatively with the customer to define the best possible solution. PROUD OSCAR is used by thousands of sales professionals in major international technology companies throughout the world.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Coffee and Registration from 9:00am</li> <li>Why the market demands consultative sellers</li> <li>Why consultative sellers sell more</li> <li>PROUD OSCAR&reg; the consultative selling call model</li> <li>Prepare</li> <li>Open</li> <li>Understand the pain</li> <li>Diagnose the problem(s)</li> <li>Overall Summary</li> <li>Credentials</li> <li>Advising the customer</li> <li>Ratify and close</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/981-ian-henley">Ian Henley</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in improving the business performance of technology companies, specialising in business strategy, leadership, marketing and sales. In 1998 he co-founded ChangeBEAT a boutique consultancy which works exclusively with senior technology company executives to define and deliver practical improvement programmes. The work often centres on the way the company sells and delivers business value. ChangeBEAT's customers include over sixty of the best known technology companies in the world, including CA, EMC, Accenture/Avanade, Microsoft, Panasonic, Hitachi, Microfocus, Oracle, Landis+Gyr and Nokia. They also work with smaller technology companies, and IT departments including the Examination Board of Cambridge University, EDF Energy and the Open University.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>"I attended the Consultative Selling course at TechUK. It was excellent. The level of tuition and course content were well judged and impeccably presented. A deeply experienced professional, Ian&rsquo;s instructional style was excellent and his feedback was clear, honest and extremely valuable. I would thoroughly recommend the course".</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Jamie Thomas - Account Manager &ndash; Cyber Security, <strong>L3 TRL Technology</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">click here to check first</a>&nbsp;to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org&nbsp;</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13837&Itemid=373 Negotiating with IT Purchasing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13837&Itemid=373 Fri, 31 Aug 2018 13:05:23 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Learn how to turn ferocious purchasing tigers into tabby cats! <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 30 April 2019</strong></span></p> <p>Learn how to turn ferocious purchasing tigers into tabby cats!</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose "Negotiating with IT Purchasing"?</strong></p> <p>Even the bravest can feel fear when they are summoned to meet with the customer's purchasing department. They know that IT buyers can often be intimidating, flint-hearted and well-practiced in squeezing suppliers until their pips squeak. These people are professionally trained to be tough and ruthless. Their tactics place intolerable pressure on sales teams, often leading to ill-advised concessions that not only reduce the margin of the deal but result in bad "agreements" that set the seeds for project failure.</p> <p>The skilled sales negotiator, however, is not afraid. They understand that the customer benefits most from an agreement which delivers maximum value to both parties. They know that by "playing the game", using five golden rules, and countering predictable tactics of bluffing, pressure and intimidation, they can effortlessly avoid the man-traps set by an unscrupulous buyer.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <ul><li>Sales professionals</li> <li>Consultants</li> <li>Leaders and project managers who need to negotiate with technology buyers and purchasing departments</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>By the end of this workshop, you will feel confident that you can deal with the tactics applied by aggressive purchasing departments, and secure a deal that works best for supplier and customer alike. Your margins will improve, your projects will be more successful &ndash; and respect and repeat business will follow.</p> <p>The workshop uses exercises and role-play based on a real-life case study. It examines strategies for dealing with the classic issues in ICT and technology sales negotiation including price, delays, loose specifications, intellectual property, licence terms, warranty and support.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/981-ian-henley">Ian Henley</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in improving the business performance of technology companies, specialising in business strategy, leadership, marketing and sales. He has worked with executives from over sixty of the best known technology companies in the world, including CA, EMC, Dell, Accenture/Avanade, Microsoft, Panasonic, Hitachi, Microfocus, Nominet, Oracle, Landis+Gyr and Nokia, and has facilitated training workshops at techUK for twenty years.</p> <p>He is a particularly skilled and dynamic presenter, trainer and workshop facilitator, with a treasure trove of real life experience to share. His workshops consistently achieve "top box" ratings from delegates.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>09.15 Registration at techUK London Reception</li> <li>09.30 Introduction to negotiation</li> <li>10.00 Role-play one: a simple negotiation</li> <li>11.00 Introducing the negotiation model</li> <li>11.15 Buyer and purchasing manager profiles</li> <li>11.30 Giving freely and how not to</li> <li>11.45 Role-play two: reaching the interim agreement</li> <li>12.45 Lunch</li> <li>13.45 Advanced negotiation skills - Traps and how to avoid them! Handling pressure, stotting, signaling, conditional offers, bluffing and probing</li> <li>15.30 Role-play three: closing the deal</li> <li>16.45 Summary and close</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">click here to check first</a>&nbsp;to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13713&Itemid=517 How to write an Information Security Policy (GDPR covered) http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13713&Itemid=517 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 08:56:22 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course will help you understand why having an information security policy is important <p><strong>What is the course about?</strong></p> <p>With the adoption of the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) in May 2016, we are almost half way through the two-year journey towards its application in all member states, including the UK on May 25th, 2018. The GDPR will replace the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC and therefore the Data Protection Act 1998 in the UK. Brexit will not change this, as even the earliest possible Brexit would mean several months of compliance requirement while still part of the EU and independent of that, businesses are trading with the EU and are holding data that fall within the scope of the Directive and will therefore have to comply.</p> <p>In order to be compliant with national and international information and data protection laws and regulations, organisations need to introduce appropriate and effective cyber security and data protection controls. The Information Security Policy forms the basis of these controls.</p> <p>A well thought through information security policy will also address the human factor and take the organisation&rsquo;s specificities into consideration. We are all aware that no matter how strong or advanced security applications or technical controls are, protecting the company&rsquo;s data assets will heavily depend on the people within the organisation. People unfortunately are the weakest link in any information security and privacy programme albeit rarely intentionally. The Board and the executive team are ultimately responsible for security breaches, no matter if they occur due to an employee&rsquo;s misconduct, plain negligence or for the simple reason that employees are not aware of threat and how to protect against them.</p> <p>A comprehensive Information Security Policy therefore covers a range of topics, from identifying data assets, defining security objectives to establishing and enforcing formal, written policies and guidelines which govern employees&rsquo; behaviour.</p> <p>This full day course is designed to give a practical introduction about the importance of having an information security policy and to provide clear guidelines on how to develop and to document a well-thought through and effective policy that ensures information security, is aligned with the business strategy, reduces the impact of identified and diverse risks, manages resources and infrastructure effectively and efficiently and delivers value for the security investment made.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Board members, C-suite executives and everyone responsible for the protection of the organisation&rsquo;s data and assets (CEO, COO, CFO CTO, CISO, CSO, and Directors of IT, Data Protection, Compliance Officer and Information security personal).</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>At the end of the course attendees will:</p> <ul><li>Understand the central role of the Information Security Policy in securing business assets and delivering value to the business</li> <li>Have practical knowledge of the different types of information security policies and their core components</li> <li>Develop, implement, and maintain various types of information security policies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>10.00am: Registration at techUK London reception</li> <li>10.30am: Introduction to the course and getting to know each other</li> <li>10.50am: What is an information security policy and why it is important.</li> <li>11.50am: Coffee break</li> <li>12.00pm: When and How to write an information security policy: part 1</li> <li>13.00pm: Lunch break</li> <li>14.00pm: How to write and develop an information security policy</li> <li>15.20pm: Tea break</li> <li>15.40pm: Implementing and maintaining an information security policy</li> <li>16.45pm: Course summary and thank you</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p>The course will be delivered by <a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/7972-shadi-razak" target="_blank">Shadi A. Razak</a>, Partner and Head of Cyber Security and Compliance at CyNation. Shadi is a cyber security and business digitalisation expert, with a strong foundation in business and IT strategy. His expertise in information security management, security governance and compliance, cloud security and business digitalisation has made him a sought-after advisor to and coach for several international blue-chip companies, government organisations, and SME&rsquo;s in the UK, and the MENA region for the past 15 years. He has been a visiting lecturer at several international and British universities and is currently a Board Member and President of the Information Security Group (ISG) Alumni, Technology and Finance Society and a mentor for a number of FinTech and SecurityTech start-ups in London.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>Price (excluding VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13769&Itemid=372 Fast Track Digital Marketing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13769&Itemid=372 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:16:34 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Designed for business owners, start-ups and commercial managers seeking a digital marketing strategy <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>This&nbsp;one-day Fast track Digital Marketing Workshop will teach attendees the core fundamentals of digital marketing and&nbsp;design and implementing a successful digital strategy which will match and reflect&nbsp;the objectives of your business. We will include a&nbsp;deep dive into the fundamentals of digital marketing including Digital Design and UX, Search, SEO, managing Social Media and Mobile marketing, allocating sufficient&nbsp;resources, measuring and tracking performance and maintaining a successful digital marketing for your business.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Upon completion of this course attendees will understand the following:</p> <ul><li>How to create a digital marketing strategy and framework for your organisation</li> </ul><ul><li>Integrate acquisition and retention tools to deliver an efficient digital marketing strategy</li> </ul><ul><li>Learn new techniques, tips, website tools and links to useful sources of information</li> </ul><ul><li>Approach the commissioning of digital services with more knowledge and confidence</li> </ul><ul><li>Learn how to track performance, refine and improve your strategy with confidence</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>This course is ideal for business leaders and entrepreneurs, start-ups, commercial directors, business strategists and marketers who need an up to date understanding of developing a successful digital marketing strategy.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p><em>Introduction to the Course</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The digital marketing landscape- an overview</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Current trends, challenges and opportunities</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Digital Marketing Planning - a strategic approach</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Primary channels of Digital: Search, email, mobile and display</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Search Marketing explained- SEO and PPC</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>How search engines work</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Keyword research analysis and tools</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SEO, link building techniques and how they help your rankings</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Pay-Per-Click advertising: the essentials</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Optimising your AdWords campaign (keywords, bid strategy, ad copy and creative) for maximum ROI</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Online Display Advertising</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The online/mobile display ecosystem: media agencies, publishers and ad networks</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creative considerations: interruptive or permission-based?</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Programmatic advertising: the future of online/mobile display?</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Social Media Marketing</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The online/mobile display ecosystem: media agencies, publishers and ad networks</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creative considerations Overview of the main platforms: Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, Instagram and Pinterest</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The impact of Mobile Messaging Apps: WhatsApp &amp; Snapchat</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Managing Social Media effectively: internal structures/ responsibilities, work-flows and&nbsp;<em>Email marketing</em></li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; An overview of the email marketing today: what is it best for?</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Segmenting your database: eCRM</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Email design and development: do's and don'ts</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UX and Design</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Copy and Design: creating information architecture that delivers</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Desktop and mobile: delivering the best user experience</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The importance of User Testing</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Web Analytics and Metrics</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Mobile Marketing</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The mobile landscape explained using apps for marketingHTML5, responsive design and the mobile web</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Location-based services, augmented reality &amp; wearables</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Tracking performance</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Multi-channel tracking and attribution explained</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<em>The Future of Digital</em></li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Future SEO trends- Big Data, The Internet of Things, Virtual Reality</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Q&amp;A</em></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/9768-david-reilly">David Reilly&nbsp;</a>is a Digital skills trainer with 17 years digital marketing, consultancy and training experience David Reilly. He has delivered digital skills training to business leaders, start-ups, marketing agencies and established brands including Aviva, Barnardos&rsquo;s, The Financial Times, Towergate Insurance, Time Warner and Simply Health. He also writes about digital strategy and the future of digital technology for Econsultancy, Smart Insights, CMO and The Drum.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What are the course materials?</strong></p> <p>All delegates will receive a copy of the course materials and a reference guide plus to provide further practical insight to the key learning points</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org">Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org</a>.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13695&Itemid=521 GDPR Common Questions For Technology Businesses http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13695&Itemid=521 Fri, 10 Aug 2018 11:46:31 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Common questions for technology businesses <p><strong>Registration starts at 13:00</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Data breach is now an all too frequent headline in the media, and with the advent of the GDPR, fear of huge fines from the regulator and the potential for negative publicity, GDPR compliance has never been more important.&nbsp;</p> <p>Based on our experience we have identified certain common questions for technology businesses.&nbsp; This course provides you with distilled advice on these common areas, with the aim of reducing the risk of enforcement action and give you increased confidence when negotiating with your customers and other third parties in this area.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This practical half day course is aimed at individuals in technology businesses, particularly for those who already have an understanding of the GDPR and who have responsibility for compliance within their organisation.&nbsp; In particular, it is aimed at businesses who are typically data processors when processing the personal data of their data controller customers, but who also collect personal data of their own (and for which they are data controllers) &ndash; especially for marketing purposes and in an HR context.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>It is intended to be a focussed, interactive and applied session.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Agenda</strong></p> <p>The session will cover the following topics:</p> <p><strong>Brief introduction</strong>&nbsp;&ndash; overview of common question areas facing technology businesses.</p> <ul><li>The marketing minefield &ndash; we consider the complex overlap between the GDPR and the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003 (PECR) and offer practical advice on ensuring that these two laws relating to marketing are simultaneously complied with. &nbsp;We consider buying marketing lists and B2B vs B2C marketing.&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>Consent &ndash; we look at the circumstances in which it is appropriate, and not, to obtain the consent of individuals, and how this should be done.&nbsp; We also look at when it is appropriate to try and get refreshed consent.&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>Retain or delete? &ndash; we offer some useful guidance on appropriate retention periods.</li> </ul><ul><li>HR specific issues &ndash; we look at some key areas in an HR context, for current, former and future employees.</li> </ul><ul><li>Appointing your own suppliers and subcontractors &ndash; we summarise the approach which should be taken in relation to appointing suppliers and subcontractors, including conducting due diligence, contract clauses and the position regarding liability.</li> </ul><ul><li>Using the cloud &ndash; we summarise the regulator&rsquo;s position on this area.</li> </ul><ul><li>Overseas transfers &ndash; we summarise the GDPR in terms of easy to follow steps, to ensure that you have the information to select the most appropriate way of ensuring that a transfer is GDPR compliant.</li> </ul><ul><li>Breach notification &ndash; we break down the stages of breach reporting and look at the circumstances in which you do and do not need to report breaches.</li> </ul><ul><li>Assisting a customer &ndash; how far do I need to go? &nbsp;Many customers now expect their suppliers to assist with compliance, for instance in responding to subject access requests.&nbsp; We offer some sensible suggestions for limiting your obligations.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>About the trainers</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13697-andrew-rankin" target="_blank">Andrew Rankin</a>&nbsp;is a Legal Director and&nbsp;<a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/9213-chris-air" target="_blank">Chris Air</a>&nbsp;an Associate Solicitor, at law firm DAC Beachcroft LLP.&nbsp; Both Andrew and Chris specialise in advising suppliers and customers on technology deals, Andrew and Chris both hold the BCS practitioner certificate in data protection and have experience of advising on a wide range of data protection related issues in the technology sector.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00 + VAT</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;495.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org." target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</a></strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13669&Itemid=521 Executive Strategy and Policy Development http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13669&Itemid=521 Wed, 08 Aug 2018 10:50:26 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Building executive-level skills and awareness for strategic thinking and communication <h3><span style="color: #ff0000;">Currently, 15% Early Bird discount applies for both techUK members and non-members</span></h3> <p><strong>Developing strategy and policy development skills to improve the ability of specialists and emerging leaders to tackle more complex business, policy, investment and other strategic questions &ndash; and to be able to present recommendations to senior stakeholders both&nbsp;authoritatively and concisely.</strong></p> <p>This is a relaxed but content-rich course, delivered with a combination of taught sections and delegate case study work in small groups. It broadens delegate&rsquo;s business awareness and provides practical coaching in consulting-style approaches to tackling complex business decisions and communicating findings to Boards and senior management concisely and impactfully.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Reasons to choose this course include:</strong></p> <ul><li>Building skills to evaluate complex, perhaps initially unbounded, business issues that may include financial, competitive, organisational and policy considerations</li> <li>Understanding how to write Board papers, business cases and policy documents that hit the mark; giving senior managers and execs the information they need</li> <li>Developing wider &lsquo;executive-level&rsquo; business awareness, enabling delegates to better anticipate and empathise with diverse stakeholder requirements</li> <li>Developing a wider understanding and ability to influence across finance, marketing, technical and HR/ regulatory/ legal domains</li> <li>Increasing skills, competence and confidence for managers taking on leadership of more diverse teams and dealing with more senior management issues</li> <li>Helping technical, operations, legal, marketing, finance and other specialists to develop broader business competences and outlook for their career progression</li> <li>Helping to develop leaders as part of a wider career development plan.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is recommended for managers and professionals that already have some experience in their own specialisms and now wish to broaden out their strategic business skills and competences. This may be as they prepare for, or take on, more senior roles within their organisations or as they develop their careers in new areas.</p> <p>The course may especially benefit participants that are seeking to deepen and broaden their analytical skills and executive awareness. The course also includes practical coaching on how to write impactful Board level papers quickly and comprehensively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course delivers practical learning in the following areas:</p> <ul><li>How to frame complex business questions (e.g. strategy, policy, build-buy, investment, partnering) and control the evaluation process effectively</li> <li>How to develop and evaluate options using a range of quantitative and qualitative techniques, and to test conclusions</li> <li>How to marshal evidence-based arguments efficiently and communicate them effectively in board level papers</li> <li>Enhanced understanding of the &lsquo;Executive Context&rsquo; that senior managers and Boards need to take account of, as a contribution to delegates&rsquo; executive education &ndash; topics include a high-level introduction to: organisational types, their governance and objectives; market and public sector provision and externalities; competition, differentiation, strategy and marketing frameworks; environmental, culture and management style considerations; the impact of digital, IOT and social media.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Agenda:</p> <ul><li>Introduction (objectives, delegate styles, case themes, teams for exercises)</li> <li>Framing and managing strategic evaluations</li> <li>Developing and evaluating options for strategy, policy and decision papers</li> <li>Executive Context &ndash; What factors do senior leaders take into account for strategic decisions and policy questions?</li> <li>Writing authoritative, concise and compelling board papers</li> <li>Practical exercise: Developing a strategic case and communicating it</li> <li>Closing session (day review and key point summary)</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong><br><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10354-ian-andrews" target="_blank">Ian Andrews</a>&nbsp;is an independent strategy and business development consultant with 30 years&rsquo; combined industry and consulting experience in the telecoms, media and technology sectors, including leadership of strategic projects in more than 20 countries. Ian has a degree in Engineering from Oxford University and an MBA with distinction from Kingston Business School. He consults and trains independently under his &lsquo;1230 Consulting&rsquo; brand and with a network of colleagues and best-of-breed consulting and technology firms. His recent work includes developing strategies in the fast-growing IOT (Internet of Things) sector and helping mobile operators to develop strategic partnerships.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p><em>I really enjoyed the Executive Strategy and Policy Development course I attended at techUK. Material was very relevant for me, particularly around how you construct the strategy messages to senior teams. I found Ian Andrews to be very knowledgeable on the subject, and he balanced extremely well a relaxed style to the day and healthy debate with ensuring all the course objectives were met.</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Neil Aries</strong>&nbsp;- Managing Director, Critical Software Technologies Ltd</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>-&nbsp;<s>&pound;395.00 + VAT</s>&nbsp; &nbsp;Now: &pound;335.75 + VAT<br><strong>Non Members</strong>-&nbsp;<s>&pound;595.00 +VAT</s>&nbsp; &nbsp;Now: &pound;507.75 + VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13658&Itemid=260 An Introduction to the NHS and technology http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13658&Itemid=260 Tue, 07 Aug 2018 13:53:56 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A focus on how technology is organised within the NHS <div id="maincontent" class="span8"> <div class="itemFullText"> <p><strong>Registration is from 12 noon</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The NHS is a complex organisation that faces increasing demand for services along with constrained funding. The belief that technology can contribute to quality outcomes and efficiency gains is embedded within NHS policy propositions and commitments, but this does not make the NHS market for technology easy to navigate.</p> <p>This course provides an introduction to the organisation of the NHS, its governance and policy drivers, with a specific focus on how technology is organised in the NHS, background trends and priorities, as well as procurement processes.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is suitable for anyone new to the health technology sector or seeking to refresh and update their understanding. It is particularly relevant to sales, marketing and business development managers who need to strengthen their understanding of how the NHS is organised and uses technology.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>This engaging and informative workshop will provide delegates with a good understanding of the NHS. Participants will gain knowledge that will enable them to target and identify policy areas and demand opportunities relevant to their own organisation.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Start time: 12:30pm</li> <li>Structure of the NHS: introduction to the organisation of the NHS, with an emphasis on understanding that it is not a single entity. A high level explanation of policy, commissioning and provision, including funding flows.</li> <li>Technology in the NHS: how technology is organised in the NHS, providing an understanding of which buyers are for different kinds of technologies.</li> <li>Impact of policy: review of key policies and initiatives that influence the demand for and requirements of technology.</li> <li>Regulation and procurement: discussion of regulation and how it impacts marketing and sales.</li> <li>Finish time: 5:00pm</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-staff/item/4854-lenore-ogilvy" target="_blank">Lenore Ogilvy</a>&nbsp;has been consulting on technology-related projects in the public sector for the last ten years. Her clients have included both NHS England and NHS Digital, where she has worked on a number of projects, ranging from national infrastructure to strategy design and implementation. Lenore has drawn on her direct experience of policy and governance in the NHS, and public sector commercial and buying behaviour, in the design of this course.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <blockquote> <p>"I attended 'An Introduction to the NHS and Technology' on 29 January 2018 delivered at techUK by Lenore Ogilvy of Conbrio Associates. I am a regular visitor and member of techUK and a my company takes a full and active part in techUK and glean good insight into markets, sectors and opportunities. But this is the first time I have attended one of this style of events and I am pleased to recommend future ones to others. Delivered at techUK&rsquo;s offices which offer a good environment and delivered by Lenore who has a professional and engaging delivery style, I found the information she imparted of great interest."&nbsp;</p> </blockquote> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Richard Quinlan</strong>, Security &amp; Information Systems Division, Leonardo MW</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <blockquote> <p><br>"Lenore is very knowledgeable. Knows the subject in detail. A great course for those wishing to break into Healthcare."&nbsp;</p> </blockquote> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Catherine Kiaie</strong>,<strong>&nbsp;</strong>UK Public Sector Account Manager, EnterpriseDB</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00<br><strong>Non techUK Members</strong>- &pound;495.00<br>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</p> </div> </div> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13632&Itemid=373 Storytelling in Business http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13632&Itemid=373 Mon, 06 Aug 2018 09:58:14 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org How storytelling can be an effective business tool. <p><strong>Registration from 9.30am</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>You will&nbsp;learn:</p> <ul><li>The theory of storytelling</li> <li>What storytelling in business really is (and what it isn&rsquo;t)</li> <li>How you can start to tell your own brand story</li> <li>Looking at real-life case studies and how you can apply those to your brand</li> <li>How storytelling has the power to change how people see and react to things</li> <li>The power to influence word of mouth through storytelling</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>We believe you can&rsquo;t tell great stories in business, if you can&rsquo;t tell a great story, full stop. We also believe it&rsquo;s vital everyone in your business knows your brand story, not just your customers.<br>Our foundation course has been purposely designed for all levels of skill. As it develops skills inherently, it can also be taken by anyone looking to build their career, not just big brands.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>It helps you to understand why storytelling remains the greatest human pastime and how you can begin to apply it to your brand effectively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p><strong>Act 1</strong>&nbsp;- The theory: what storytelling is and why people react so strongly to stories.<br><strong>Act 2</strong>&nbsp;- Best practice: the art of storytelling, structures and rules &ndash; and how to break them.<br><strong>Act 3</strong>&nbsp;- How to use it: we&rsquo;ll apply storytelling to your brand and your day to day role.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10355-chris-hewitt" target="_blank">Chris Hewitt</a>, CEO of Berkeley.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;395.00 + VAT<br><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;595.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>&ldquo;The course was brilliant and exceeded expectations!&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">RL, Kent.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;Regardless of what point you are at in your career or what your specific job role is - salesperson, marketer, copywriter, PR practitioner... - this course will make you think differently about how you can stand out from the crowd, communicate more effectively and have a bit of fun creating stories that will help you connect with your audience.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">Rebecca, London.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;The course actually gave me more than I thought it would. I had expected it to just be about incorporating storytelling into my marketing writing, but I've gone away with ideas for incorporating storytelling into my presentations, networking and much more as well&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">RH, London.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13647&Itemid=517 Blockchain Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13647&Itemid=517 Mon, 06 Aug 2018 13:19:25 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Realistically assess the risks and opportunities on cryptocurrencies to make informed decisions. <p>It is predicted that one tenth of the worlds GDP will make its way onto the blockchain market&nbsp;by 2025.</p> <p>The scope of transformation led by blockchain technologies will not be solely confined to finance. Blockchain technology will transform the way businesses interact and collaborate, creating new opportunities based upon the transparency of processes and data.</p> <p>Engaging early with this technology and planning strategies now will ensure that opportunities are not missed. Leaders from multiple sectors should be ready to engage their stakeholders in discussions about how blockchains can benefit their organisations from the ground up.</p> <p>This full-day executive/ senior management training course will empower management to realistically assess the risks and the opportunities on blockchains/cryptocurrencies to make informed decisions about the future of their&nbsp;business.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Business Leaders who would like to understand how blockchains can help them to expand their business</li> <li>C-level executives who would like to learn more about blockchain and cryptocurrencies</li> <li>Solicitors providing legal advice to technological companies</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p><em>At the end of the course participants should be able</em></p> <ul><li>To understand the fundamental principles of blockchains and distinguish different variants of the technology</li> <li>Understand different applications of blockchains such as crypto currencies, smart contracts and notary applications</li> <li>Be able to confidently communicate the impact of blockchains to colleagues</li> <li>Understand how blockchain technologies are being used today to resolve Page 2/5 business problems</li> <li>Recognise the regulators view of blockchain</li> <li>Being able to identify the risks and the opportunities that blockchains offer</li> <li>Map a clear strategic roadmap to leverage the benefits of this new technology for their own business</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p><em>Introduction</em></p> <ul><li>A brief history of blockchains</li> <li>Why blockchains</li> <li>Public key cryptography for business people</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>How blockchain works</em></p> <ul><li>What are blockchains</li> <li>Fundamental principles of the technology</li> <li>Existing technologies: Bitcoin and cryptocurrencies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Business Application</em></p> <ul><li>Public blockchains</li> <li>Smart contracts</li> <li>Benefits and risk</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Blockchain for traditional business</em></p> <ul><li>Private blockchains</li> <li>Case studies and examples in notary applications</li> <li>Benefits and risk</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>The Future of Blockchain</em></p> <ul><li>Current Landscape in finance and other business sector</li> <li>Legislation</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Terminology</em></p> <ul><li>Myth buster</li> <li>Jargon buster</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10851-maria-g-vigliotti">Dr Maria G Vigliotti</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in computing with a vast experience in security, cryptography, blockchains, training in academic and non-academic environments. Maria is the CEO of Sandblocks Consulting, a company providing:</p> <ul><li>Blockchain&nbsp;executive training</li> <li>Training on coding The Ethereum Blockchain&nbsp;</li> <li>Blockchain requirements workshops</li> <li>Bespoken blockchain&nbsp;solutions</li> <li>Security audits for smart contracts</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Maria is &nbsp;the Chief Editor of the open access journal Frontiers in Blockchain, Smart Contract section&nbsp;<a href="https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/blockchain/sections/smart-contracts#about">https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/blockchain/sections/smart-contracts#about</a>,</p> <p>&nbsp;a member of the Distributed Ledger Technology &nbsp;Committee of the &nbsp;International Standard&nbsp;Organisation (ISO/TC 307)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Maria holds a PhD in Computing from Imperial College London. She has several years of experience in formal verification of code for concurrent systems in safety, critical applications, industry and academia. She also, worked on cryptographic attacks with The European Railway Traffic Management Systems (ERTMS), the European railway signaling system and the Cyber security strategy for the railway. Maria has published over thirty papers in reference to international academic journals and conferences.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What others say about the course.</strong></p> <p><em>"Maria tailored the course to suite the level of knowledge in the audience in a way that ensured we all left with a valuable insight into the technology.&nbsp; The course content was well structured and superbly delivered by Maria, who as well as being abundantly qualified is also clearly one of industry&rsquo;s leading experts in her field.</em></p> <p><em>I would highly recement the BlockChain Master Class to anybody who like me needs to understand this novel technology and its value to the wider business environment."</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Colin Hamilton</strong>,&nbsp;Horsebridge Defence &amp; Security Limited</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;I found this course to be very interesting and it conveyed the basic principles of blockchain in a way to allow me to research the topic further with confidence.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Eryl Hardman</strong>, Senior Legal Counsel - Nomimet</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13684&Itemid=260 Getting it Right with Open Source Software Licensing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13684&Itemid=260 Fri, 10 Aug 2018 10:20:14 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course is designed to help organisations who develop and distribute software <p><strong>Registration from 1pm</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Open Source Software is now broadly used in the development of software applications. The ability to reuse components of code already created allows development teams to create more code, with more functionality, faster. It also promotes the adoption of standards and makes applications more interoperable.</p> <p>With the increasing adoption of open source software in software development there is an increasing need for organisations to understand free and open source software licensing obligations and compliance issues.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course has been designed for anyone concerned with and involved in Open Source Management, including operational, legal, software development managers, open source program managers, software procurement managers, software architects, developers and maintainers and product managers of open source products or proprietary products containing significant open source. Every effort has been made to present the concepts at a level that is accessible and relevant for all of these participants</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Knowledge that will be acquired from this course:</p> <p>Basic legal understanding of the principles of open source software licensing.<br>Understand the spectrum of software licence categories e.g. reciprocal, permissive etc.<br>Obligations to be compliant with open source software licences<br>Industry best practices</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>This course is a half-day class room based course designed to help organisations who develop and distribute software and/or companies receiving software through a supply chain implement a governance program. The training is broken down into 7 modules which can be delivered individually if require.</p> <p>The modules included in the course are:</p> <p>1. What is Intellectual Property?</p> <p>2. Introduction to Open Source Software Licenses</p> <p>3. Introduction to Open Source Software compliance</p> <p>4. Key Software Concepts for Open Source Software Review</p> <p>5. Running an Open Source Software Review</p> <p>6. End to End Compliance Management (Example Process)</p> <p>7. Avoiding Compliance Pitfalls</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10238-martin-callinan" target="_blank">Martin Callinan</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years&rsquo; experience in the software industry specialising in software licensing, IT Governance and risk avoidance. He has seen the challenges of risk management related to various aspects of the software ecosystem. Martin is now focused on assisting organisations leveraging the benefits of open source software to create bespoke applications in house or through third parties while managing the business risks of intellectual property, open source component licensing, copyrights, security vulnerability management, and operational risk.</p> <p>Martin is actively involved in the the open source software industry to help create best practices and industry standards for the adoption and management of open source based software through and OpenUK Industry Association for Software Asset Management (http://openuk.uk/), The Linux Foundation and Software Freedom Conservancy.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;495.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:georgina.mccall@techuk.org">georgina.mccall@techuk.org</a>.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13617&Itemid=260 Understanding and Engaging With Government http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13617&Itemid=260 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 15:23:05 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Understanding of how central government is structured and operated, and the culture in Whitehall. <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early Bird discount of 20% applies if registration and payment are made by 19 April 2019</strong></span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Registration from 9.15am</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the understanding and engaging with government course?</strong></p> <p>This course will help give you a good understanding of how central government is structured and operated, and the culture in Whitehall, so that you can have confidence when interacting with government. We will look at successful ways to communicate with government, and methods that don&rsquo;t work so well.</p> <p>You will improve your knowledge of Whitehall which will enable you to build better relationships with civil servants and public servants, and improve your understanding of current public sector clients. We will look at the pressures that civil servants are under, what they have to consider when making decisions and what it&rsquo;s like working in the corridors of power. We will also look at the role of social media in communicating with government.</p> <p>The course is very interactive and there will be time to deal with specific situations that you would like to explore from your own experience. You will hear stories of things that went well (and badly!). For those who want to, there will be a chance to learn from role playing scenarios.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend the course?</strong></p> <p>Anyone who currently works with Whitehall, or would like to work with Whitehall or simply wants to know more about the culture of Whitehall and how to get the best out of relationships with public sector stakeholders.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You will develop:</p> <ul><li>confidence in dealing with Whitehall and central government</li> <li>clarity on how to communicate with government</li> <li>do&rsquo;s and don&rsquo;ts for working with Whitehall</li> <li>understanding of the Whitehall and public sector cultures and the political context</li> <li>a sense of what it&rsquo;s like to work with Ministers &amp; confidence in dealing with senior government stakeholders</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/11839-jo-clift" target="_blank">Jo Clift</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years&rsquo; experience at the heart of Whitehall. She spent a number of years in senior communications roles, including Head of Communications for the BSE Inquiry and then Press Secretary to Lord Falconer. She has worked closely with many ministers over the years, including Lord Peter Mandelson and Sir Oliver Letwin. She also worked at Number 10 in the Prime Minister&rsquo;s press office.</p> <p>Jo&rsquo;s other government roles include creating the Coalition Government&rsquo;s ICT strategy in 2011, developing a new model for corporate shared services across Whitehall, and leading on high level board appointments to public bodies. Jo gained private sector experience as a senior manager at Deloitte Consulting.</p> <p>Jo now works as a professional trainer, coach and business consultant specialising in communicating with and understanding government. She specializes in training senior executives for select committee appearances. She is a published writer on the civil service and Brexit.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Registration and coffee will be from 9.00-9.30am Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>Topics to be covered are:</p> <ul><li>How is central government structured</li> <li>What is it like being a civil servant &amp; what are the current challenges for Whitehall</li> <li>How to get your views heard in Whitehall</li> <li>Do&rsquo;s and don&rsquo;ts for communicating and working with Whitehall</li> <li>A guide to doing business with Ministers</li> <li>How to get the best from your stakeholders in government</li> <li>There will be a chance to focus on real life examples</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost?</strong></p> <p>techUK member- &pound;395 &amp; VAT</p> <p>Non techUK member- &pound;595 &amp; VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13742&Itemid=373 Copywriting for Sales and Marketing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13742&Itemid=373 Fri, 17 Aug 2018 08:58:47 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This workshop will help you develop a complete process for creating effective copy <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>This workshop will help you develop a complete process for creating effective copy &ndash; from interpreting a brief to writing the copy itself.</p> <p>The course will explore preparation and starting points. What useful connections are there between your product and target reader? What impact do you want to make? What action do you want the reader to take? With these objectives in mind, we will examine different possible structures for different types of documents &ndash; online copy, press releases, brochure copy, brand ads and others.</p> <p>We will then focus on producing clear, easy-to-read copy. We will test out different approaches for joining together ideas and images as building blocks, with the ultimate aim of persuading the reader. This will include ways of deploying tone, emotion and key phrases for the right results.</p> <p>There will be practical exercises throughout the course, with an emphasis on sharing best practice.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>&middot; Professionals who write online content or other documents for selling products or services.</p> <p>&middot; Sales professionals who want to be as persuasive on the page as they are in person</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>By the end of the workshop, you&rsquo;ll have gained new approaches to preparation that you&rsquo;ll be able to apply across different media. You&rsquo;ll have evolved a process that is creative, collaborative and organised. You&rsquo;ll be able to avoid clich&eacute;s, and opt for a fresh style to get your brand across in a memorable way.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>&middot; Coffee and Registration from 9:00am</p> <p>&middot; Interpreting a brief successfully</p> <p>&middot; Understanding your target reader &ndash; identifying their desires &amp; fears</p> <p>&middot; Planning and assembling creative ideas</p> <p>&middot; Turning product features into benefits</p> <p>&middot; Developing a theme or story</p> <p>&middot; Drafting copy</p> <p>&middot; Choosing the right tone and style</p> <p>&middot; Building rapport with your target readers</p> <p>&middot; Trigger words and phrases &ndash; get attention and hold interest</p> <p>&middot; Understanding incentives &ndash; converting desire to action</p> <p>&middot; Editing your own and other people&rsquo;s copy</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10060-karen-glossop" target="_blank">Karen Glossop</a>&rsquo;s expertise lies in coaching people to explore different approaches to how they present their messages, whether they're writing words on the page or speaking to a live audience. Since 1997, she has tutored groups and individuals in areas such as: influencing, presentation skills, facilitation skills, business writing, personal impact, storytelling, creativity and leadership. Karen is an Associate Tutor at London Business School and Said Business School, Oxford. She is also a Consultant at the Centre of Charity Effectiveness, Cass Business School. Recent clients include: KBC Group NV; Safer London; Great Ormond Street Hospital Children&rsquo;s Charity; Flag Communications; Transport for London; Birkbeck, University of London; Price Waterhouse Coopers; Forrester Research; Microsoft; QAD, Europe; Domestic &amp; General.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p><em>&ldquo;Karen was very good, I really loved her way of presenting things &amp; getting me to think. It was an enjoyable &amp; informative way of training.&rdquo;&nbsp;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Sophie Griffiths</strong> &ndash; Rated People</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members- &pound;395.00 + VAT &nbsp;</p> <p>Non Members- &pound;595.00 +VAT&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13715&Itemid=373 Winning Demos Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13715&Itemid=373 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 09:26:59 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Covering the complete pre-sales cycle for a killer execution <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 26 May 2019</strong></span></p> <h3>Discovery, Design and Delivery of Software Demos that Win Business</h3> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Winning Demos Masterclass?</strong></p> <p>Many product demonstrations focus on features and functions and ultimately are in danger of become a training session. This style of demonstrating is highly ineffective. Based on twenty years of pre-sales experience Winning Demos (TM) is a tried and tested methodology which covers the complete pre-sales cycle from effective discovery meetings to the execution of a killer pre-sales technical product presentation and demo.</p> <p>You will leave with practical and repeatable tools for efficient demo planning and preparation. You will learn how to differentiate your solution in a competitive market place by reinforcing and complementing existing sales processes with strategies that produce quick and effective rapid results. Ultimately this means you will shorten the sales cycle and close business faster.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <ul><li>Pre-sales staff</li> <li>Software engineers</li> <li>Technical architects</li> <li>Sales professionals who have the challenge of selling complex solutions in highly competitive markets.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You will learn and practice tried, tested and proven pre-sales discovery and demonstration skills which will enable you to:</p> <ul><li>Sell value during the demo and presentation by tailoring the business process to the needs of the different personality types in the room</li> <li>Adopt a demo style to the prospects business issues and not go into irrelevant technical detail</li> <li>Engage the prospect through mixing the mode of delivery from flipchart to PC demo to round the table discussion</li> <li>Raise your game by learning best practice techniques</li> <li>Learn communication models based on techniques and tools which influence, change behaviour, motivate and get results</li> </ul><p>The goal of Winning Demos (TM) is to deliver a practical, proven set of skills, tools and procedures that can immediately be put to use to improve your business's demo-to-win ratio.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Topics to be covered:</strong></p> <ul><li>Mapping discovery meeting findings</li> <li>Crafting a compelling demo scenario</li> <li>'Less is more'</li> <li>Establishing hooks</li> <li>Hitting different buyers buttons</li> <li>Demo scripts and checklists</li> <li>Creating scenario checkpoints</li> <li>Powerful webinars</li> <li>Demo crimes</li> <li>Combining different presentation tools</li> <li>Taking and maintaining control</li> <li>Presenting to a mixed audience and keeping them interested</li> <li>Objection handling</li> <li>Role-play</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director at Winning Demos and Beyond. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion. Her courses are based on best practice experience (Salma has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;<del>&pound;395.00</del>&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;<del>&pound;595.00</del>&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here to check first&nbsp;</a>to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13610&Itemid=518 Selling has Changed, Have You? http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13610&Itemid=518 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 12:50:05 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course will provide delegates with a new perspective and insight on selling. <p><strong>What Is the Course About?</strong></p> <p>Compare the old transactional sales model with a car which has a worn-out engine and is continually breaking down. Every few miles, you spend even more money on a quick fix, so you can drive it a little longer. Really, you know that throwing money at it is a waste of time. However, without the wherewithal to replace it, you are unsure of the alternative.</p> <p>To be successful in today&rsquo;s business climate demands a completely fresh approach.</p> <p>The onset of technology has led to a proliferation of companies competing globally. The World Wide Web has empowered buyers who have become increasingly sophisticated. This has led to a world where reputation and customer engagement are more important than ever.</p> <p>This course will provide delegates with a new perspective and insight on selling. It will give them a strategic understanding of how to make sales activity effective in a digital age. It will provide attendees with tools and techniques which they can utilise in their own businesses in order to achieve better sales results.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Should Attend?</strong></p> <p>You should consider this course if you want a better understanding of how effective selling works in today&rsquo;s digital economy, need to manage sales teams or staff or have a role which involves sales activities.</p> <p>&bull; Board level, senior management &amp; business leaders &ndash; to understand selling today</p> <p>&bull; Owner/Managers &ndash; who have to sell as part of their role</p> <p>&bull; Sales Managers &ndash; in order to manage staff more effectively</p> <p>&bull; Business Development/Salespeople &ndash; to get even better results</p> <p>&bull; Individuals who want to improve their sales skills</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Outcome?</strong></p> <p>&bull; Have real insight and understanding into the new landscape and how customers have changed</p> <p>&bull; Receive a sales framework and structure to get better results</p> <p>&bull; Obtain a better understanding of the new skills required when selling today</p> <p>&bull; Be introduced to a matrix that will ensure you create the most compelling sales messages</p> <p>&bull; Learn techniques and strategies for better prospecting and lead generation</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Agenda?</strong></p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;How the customer journey and expectations have changed in the digital world</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Why the approach to selling must be different in a world where the concept of &lsquo;value&rsquo; has been altered</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The move from a &lsquo;service economy&rsquo; to an &lsquo;experience economy&rsquo; and what that means for salespeople</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Why &lsquo;consultancy selling&rsquo; is no longer enough - and the sales method with which it should be replaced</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The relationship between sales and marketing and why it matters</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Ensuring that the sales process is buyer centric and why that is important</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Understanding &lsquo;buyer motivations&rsquo; and the way to use these during the sales process</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The importance of context and why it matters</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Getting &lsquo;your story&rsquo; right. The importance of the narrative</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The use of digital and social platforms in sales</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Effective prospecting and lead generation</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Is the Course Leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13098-grant-leboff" target="_blank">Grant Leboff</a>&nbsp;is one of the U.K's leading Sales and Marketing experts. Having built a successful direct marketing company, which he started in 2002, Grant sold it in 2008. As well as undertaking work as a Non Executive Director, he now has a number of other business interests. Sticky Marketing Club&reg; Ltd, is a sales and marketing consultancy providing companies with the strategies to thrive in an increasingly competitive world. Grant is a highly sought after consultant and speaker, and constantly makes presentations at conferences and events all over the world.&nbsp;He is a regular contributor to many business magazines and newspapers.&nbsp;</p> <p>A thought leader in his field, Leboff's main focus is to address the massive changes that are taking place in a world that is constantly being introduced to new technologies and an evolving World Wide Web. He continually challenges Sales &amp; Marketing conventions that become accepted wisdom, but don&rsquo;t necessarily deliver results.</p> <p>Amongst others, he has been featured in the Daily Telegraph, The Independent, The Financial Times, The Daily Mirror and The Sun. He has appeared on BBC Radio on numerous occasions as well as being featured on a significant number of US radio networks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p>We are at the ESSA&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3h5Fm?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23conference">#conference</a>&nbsp;today. We just listened to speaker&nbsp;<strong>Grant Leboff</strong>&nbsp;- he was&nbsp;<strong>very good!</strong>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3hBfo?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23eventprofs">#eventprofs</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3hG2q?url=https://t.co/5lObiirjJz">pic.twitter.com/5lObiirjJz</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;">Guardian Display,&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3h1rk?url=https://twitter.com/GuardianDisplay">@GuardianDisplay</a></p> <p>It was a&nbsp;<strong>really valuable</strong>&nbsp;event - definitely if you can get Grant to speak at your event he is&nbsp;worth every penny.</p> <p style="text-align: right;">Jay Blake,&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7vWd?url=https://twitter.com/jayblake_">@jayblake_</a><a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ70vg?url=https://twitter.com/fluff35"><strong>@</strong>fluff35</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ74Jj?url=https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@</strong>grantleboff</a></p> <p><strong>Absorbing, thought provoking</strong>&nbsp;talk from the excellent&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7F5n?url=https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@</strong>grantleboff</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7KVp?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23DigitalMarketing">#DigitalMarketing</a><a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7Qtr?url=https://t.co/OMTdOUhV53">twitter.com/wilkinskennedy&hellip;</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;">Phil Mullis,&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ79jl?url=https://twitter.com/phil_mullis">@phil_mullis</a></p> <p>We've just wrapped up a&nbsp;<strong>great session&nbsp;</strong>with&nbsp;<strong>@grantleboff</strong>&nbsp;, thanks for coming in Grant!&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/V4kXCnn?url=https://t.co/3YlRmZMojo">ow.ly/fLOI30gVjZg</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>ALPS</strong>@alpsltd</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13597&Itemid=373 How to Write and Deliver a Winning Pitch http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13597&Itemid=373 Wed, 01 Aug 2018 13:53:22 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Focusing on three situations: the Elevator Pitch, Introducing the Business and Pitching to Win <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>A one-day (CPD-accredited) training course that will transform the way you pitch yourself, your business and products and services - so what you say and how you say it is clearer, more powerful and more engaging.</p> <p>The course will focus on three key pitch situations: the Elevator Pitch, Introducing the Business and Pitching to Win. As well as refining delivery in each situation, delegates will leave with tools and approaches that will help them to continue to improve the way they write and deliver more compelling pitches and presentations in future.</p> <p>The day is spent learning how to use the tools and methodology and pitching live to a camera. The approach is designed to ensure delegates develop their skills and understanding, refine the pitches they prepared ahead of the training and become better and more confident communicators. As well as trying out new words and approaches on the day, delegates will also leave with a plan of action to take their pitches to the next level.</p> <p><strong>The 3 Pitch Situations in more detail</strong></p> <p><em>ELEVATOR PITCH &ndash; the first time you meet someone in a business setting where you explain what you and your business does.</em></p> <p><em>INTRODUCING the BUSINESS &ndash; where you are asked to present an overview of your business to a prospective client or to a panel.</em></p> <p><em>PITCHING to WIN &ndash; the moment you state your case for being selected, perhaps at the conclusion of a pitch or in answer to the question: &ldquo;Why should we pick you?&rdquo;</em></p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>The course is focused on real-world business situations and has been written to help those who play a role in promoting their business, who want to be better communicators and are open to constructive challenge.</p> <p>Attendees who will benefit include those:</p> <ul><li>Who have deep technical knowledge and expertise about their sector and/or products, but are pitching to a broader business community who may not have the same technical insight, and feel they can improve their ability to communicate verbally;</li> <li>Who find their role is evolving and requires them increasingly to be much more involved in presenting their business to customers at meetings, conferences and networking;</li> <li>Who find they habitually talk about features and don't know how to write pitches and proposals that focus on client benefits; and</li> <li>Who are competent presenters and want someone to constructively challenge their approach.</li> </ul><p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>At the end of the day attendees will:</p> <ul><li>Leave armed with 3 clearer and better pitches;</li> <li>Will have learned how to write a more compelling benefit-focused pitch;</li> <li>Will be better communicators; and</li> <li>Will have a personal improvement plan.</li> </ul><p>Delegates will subsequently have access to video recordings of their pitches and written guidance to drive personal improvement.</p> <p><strong>Course agenda</strong></p> <p>Part One &ndash; What does a &lsquo;good&rsquo; pitch read and sound like?</p> <ul><li>What is the purpose of a pitch and what qualities make a good Pitch?</li> <li>Elevator Pitch</li> <li>The importance of knowing your audience</li> <li>How to structure a pitch</li> </ul><p>Part Two &ndash; Present Your Business</p> <ul><li>4 minutes to present you business</li> <li>Each pitch will be filmed, and after everyone has had their turn, the group will review and critique each pitch using the criteria developed and agreed in Part One.</li> </ul><p>Part Three &ndash; Developing a Better Pitch</p> <ul><li>3 minutes to Pitch to Win.</li> <li>Each pitch will be filmed, and after everyone has had their turn, the group will review and critique each pitch using the criteria developed and agreed in Part One.</li> </ul><p><strong>Who is the Course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/7679-tony-treacy">Tony Treacy</a>&nbsp;is Managing Director of Pitch Factory. He brings a wealth of experience in marketing and communication gained working for international brands in both the business-to-business and business-to-consumer spaces and across many sectors including: telco, ISPs, technology manufacturing, retailing, automotive, aerospace, drinks, FMCG and luxury goods over the last 28 years.</p> <p><strong>Fee:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00<br>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13752&Itemid=372 Mobile Video Pro (iPhone or Android) - Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13752&Itemid=372 Fri, 17 Aug 2018 12:35:31 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A course by Alex Pell, former tech editor of The Sunday Times and founder of Dashboard Media <p><span style="color:#ff0000"><strong>10% early-bird discount if registration and payment are both completed by 10 June 2018</strong></span></p> <h3>Everyone who attends the course on this date will receive a free mobile-video kit (worth &pound;249).</h3> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The Mobile Video Pro masterclass will empower you to shoot, edit, or share fantastic footage with nothing but your handset. Video is the most powerful way to showcase your business and so it makes perfect sense to learn how to do this with the camera that&rsquo;s always in your pocket &ndash; a phone.&nbsp;You will also discover the apps or gadgets that unlock truly professional results in just a single day.</p> <p>Dashboard Media is London's top mobile-video training agency. Since 2011, we have kickstarted the creativity of many of the UK's best-known brands. Our courses deliver instant skills-acceleration with plenty of 'practical playtime&rsquo; because the best way to learn anything is to get your hands dirty and have fun. We believe in small groups and so there are no more than a dozen delegates at this event.</p> <p>Mobile Video Pro is the original and best training of its type in the UK. This is a proven programme that has helped hundreds of people to achieve amazing things. Come along and find out why.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>You will learn to:</strong>&nbsp;</p> <ul><li>Plan video shoots that work in all conditions</li> </ul><ul><li>Capture footage that&rsquo;s rock-solid and pin-sharp</li> </ul><ul><li>Record clear audio with &lsquo;mobile&rsquo; mics</li> </ul><ul><li>Edit on the phone with voiceover or titles</li> </ul><ul><li>Publish straight onto social channels</li> </ul><ul><li>Broadcast live with Facebook or Instagram</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>We&rsquo;ve given up guessing why people need to make more videos. What we do know is that Mobile Video Pro has enabled hundreds of our clients to meet their business goals, whatever these may be. Here are just a few inspiring examples. What will you do with your new skills?</p> <ul><li><strong>British Gas</strong>&nbsp;fixes boilers faster because its engineers now share instructional video-clips</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>Queen Mary University</strong>&nbsp;gives sneak previews of projects its scientists are cooking-up in the lab</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>Save the Children</strong>&nbsp;field-workers reveal the truth about emergency situations as they unfold</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>The Foreign and Commonwealth Office</strong>&nbsp;showcases events at British embassies around the globe</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>UBS</strong>&nbsp;sells its invaluable financial insights into media outlets as news stories go live</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>The Football Association</strong>&nbsp;publishes social interviews with England players on foreign trips</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>English Heritage</strong>&nbsp;captures the flavour of events that it runs at the UK&rsquo;s historic monuments</li> </ul><ul><li><strong><a href="https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/" target="_blank">The Canal &amp; River Trus</a>t</strong>&nbsp;is making a &lsquo;<a href="https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/enjoy-the-waterways/boating/a-guide-to-boating/boaters-handbook">video-handbook</a>&rsquo; as an accessible resource for boaters</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p>This event will be led by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/11755-alex-pell" target="_blank">Alex Pell</a>, former tech editor of The Sunday Times and founder of Dashboard Media, London&rsquo;s top creative-skills accelerator. Alex has also edited Stuff Magazine, the world's best-selling consumer tech title, and has an invaluable gift for making even the most complex ideas simple. In 2015, he won the &lsquo;People&rsquo;s Choice&rsquo; Webby Award for urban innovation and the JustGiving &lsquo;Tech for Good&rsquo; Award as co-founder of SnapDonate, the fintech fundraising app. The Mobile Video Pro course was co-devised by Richard Taylor, founding editor of Click, the BBC's flagship tech-brand.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials:</strong></p> <p>Watch how Mobile Video Pro helps Cancer Research UK tell incredible stories</p> <p><iframe height="350" src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/t3kJ4aAocnQ" width="425"></iframe></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;I have personally never before come away from a training course feeling so excited.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Martin McGlown</strong>, Head of Regional Press, Cancer Research UK</em></p> <p>&ldquo;Thank you for the excellent training. The group took a great deal away from these sessions &ndash; and naturally they all wanted a bit longer&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Kate Burnham</strong>, Digital Training &amp; Upskilling Officer, Foreign &amp; Commonwealth Office</em></p> <p>&ldquo;Dashboard Media is the best-kept secret in training. It has created inspirational courses for lots of our editorial teams. This is a classy operation&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Will Findlater</strong>, Editor-in-Chief, Haymarket Creative Solutions</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost</strong></p> <p>techUK Members -&nbsp;&pound;399.00<br> Non Members - &pound;599.00<br> Price (excluding VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What are the requirements for attending the course?</strong></p> <p>You will need to free up at least 500MB of storage and pre-install two apps. And don't forget to charge the battery.<br><br> For iPhone owners, the two apps you need are: Apple iMovie (free) and FiLMic Pro (&pound;14.99). If you have an iPhone 7 or newer, then kindly also bring your Lightning headphone-adaptor.<br><br> If you own an Android handset, there are two versions of the FiLMic app. To see which one is right for you, please download the free&nbsp;<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.filmic.compatibilitytest&amp;hl=en_GB" target="_blank">FiLmic Evaluator</a>&nbsp;app (see below) as it will identify which one you should buy.&nbsp;</p> <p><br> Android fans will also need to pre-install the&nbsp;<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.cyberlink.powerdirector.DRA140225_01&amp;hl=en_GB" target="_blank">PowerDirector</a>&nbsp;app (&pound;4.99) for the editing section of the course.</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org">Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13663&Itemid=295 Essential Contract Law for IT Professionals http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13663&Itemid=295 Wed, 08 Aug 2018 08:57:35 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org What you absolutely must know to get by <p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Early Bird Disscount of 10% if you register and pay before 16&nbsp;June</strong></span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Understanding the fundamentals of contract law is becoming more and more important to software companies: contracts are getting longer and more detailed and the risk of pitfalls increases with every step. Contracts are not just for the bottom draw, but are a living part of any commercial relationship and everyone involved in delivery needs to be aware of the impact of what they do when interacting with business partners. You don't need to be a legal wizard to know every point, but you do need to know what the major risk areas are &ndash; what are the points to avoid, which are the ones to look out for and when you need to take advice. Most important of all, you need to know what steps you can take to minimise your commercial risks and run a set of contracts.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is aimed at anyone who comes into contact with contracts &ndash; in particular those people responsible for negotiating them and agreeing terms. It will therefore be of interest to those working in bid teams, account managers and senior executives.</p> <p>During the course of the day, the course leader will take delegates through all stages of a project, from entering into a contract through to termination, taking in all the various risk areas along the way. The most important part of the day is working through the workshop scenarios &ndash; real scenarios taken from real-life cases &ndash; to illustrate what can go wrong and what steps can be taken to avoid or minimise the risks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The sessions and workshop scenarios will go through the following crucial areas:</p> <ul><li>How to enter into a contract &ndash; what do you need to get a binding contract, the "battle of the forms" &ndash; and how to win it.</li> <li>How not to enter into a contract &ndash; doing so unwittingly, "letters of intent", "heads of agreement", "MOU's".</li> <li>Tendering, misrepresentation, entire agreement clauses &ndash; a threat and an opportunity, timescales and milestones, promises about scope which cannot be met.</li> <li>How the courts interpret contracts &ndash; why they might not mean what you think they mean.</li> <li>Meaning of common expressions &ndash; reasonable endeavours, good faith, orders of precedence, agreements to agree, implied terms, change control and scope creep.</li> <li>Limits of liability, "penalty" clauses, liquidated damages, the Unfair Contract Terms Act, direct and indirect/consequential loss, loss of profits.</li> <li>The end-game &ndash; force majeure, material breach, repudiatory breach, termination, "boilerplate" provisions &ndash; and what happens if you terminate when you are not entitled to.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens" target="_blank">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>"At HPD, we found the course provided by Richard Stephens to be invaluable. His clear delivery of the key facts, with real examples of how things can go wrong, were really easy to get to grips with and everyone who took part, from account managers to senior executives, really found the course insightful; it will certainly shape much of our day to day operation. Having your eyes open in any contractual matters is both good for your business and for your clients. I would certainly recommend this course to anyone in the Information Technology delivery market."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Kevin Day</strong>, COO at HPD Software Limited</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"I work with contracts on a daily basis, and this course has given me a more thorough understanding of the basics of English contract law. Richard Stephens is incredibly experienced and pitches this course at just the right level and tempo."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>David Shaw</strong>, Mapping Specialist, Paragon Software Systems plc</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">your company is a member of techUK</a>, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</p> <p>This course is also available for presentation in-house, where we can offer a special discounted rate. Please contact Georgina McCall for more details.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13730&Itemid=295 Leadership for Technical Managers http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13730&Itemid=295 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 11:16:57 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course is designed to improve business insight and leadership and management skills <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 17 June 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Leadership Skills course?</strong></p> <p>This course is designed to improve business insight and leadership and management skills. It will enable key members of your technical, consultancy and sales support team to develop their leadership and commercial skills.</p> <p>This course will help participants to create a work environment that encourages commitment, innovation and co-operation. Delegates will be gaining an insight into effective leadership and acquire the skills to manage, guide and develop a technical or consultancy team to achieve success.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Our workshop is aimed primarily at those who are responsible for managing and leading 'technical' teams. The course will be beneficial to both existing managers and those who are transitioning or interested in moving into a leadership and management role. It will also be of interest to anyone who needs to bridge the communication gap between front end sales and the technical team.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Beyond and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, PeopleSoft and Dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The following topics will be covered:</p> <ul><li>Understanding the difference between leading and managing a technical team</li> <li>Building credibility and trust as a leader</li> <li>Developing a powerful personal leadership brand</li> <li>Identifying your strength and derailleurs &nbsp;</li> <li>Motivating a team to success</li> <li>Communication strategies for a variety of situations</li> <li>Managing teams through change</li> <li>Managing remote and virtual teams</li> <li>Developing a team through coaching</li> <li>Understanding stress management and conflict resolution</li> <li>Dealing with difficult personalities</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non-Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">here&nbsp;</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13607&Itemid=372 Getting a return on investment from social Media http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13607&Itemid=372 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 11:39:49 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org The course will unlock the world of social media. <p>Registration from 9.15am</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course About?</strong></p> <p>While a powerful case can be made for the importance of social media, many companies are struggling with this channel.</p> <ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp;How can a business justify the time and effort spent on social media when it cannot see where the return on investment is coming?</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; Without the correct metrics to measure and manage the effectiveness of social media how can any spend be rationalised?</li> </ul><p>While businesses struggle with these questions, social media is becoming too important for companies to ignore. It has become a major provider of information for a vast majority of the population. Whether it is current affairs, what TV shows are currently hot or looking for advice about new products and services, an increasing number of individuals are relying on social platforms as a source of knowledge.</p> <p>This course will unlock the world of social media. It will ensure delegates understand exactly why companies need to be on social media. It will provide attendees with the strategic thinking they need to employ in order to make social media work effectively. Participants will feel empowered in how they can utilise social media and get a return on investment for their organisations.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Should Attend?</strong></p> <p>You should consider this course if you want a strategic understanding of how social media works, its importance today and how it can be used effectively.</p> <p>&bull; Board level, Senior Management &amp; Business Leaders</p> <p>&bull; Owner/Managers</p> <p>&bull; CMOs, Marketing Directors, Marketing Managers and other Marketing Personnel</p> <p>&bull; Individuals who want to improve their understanding of social media</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Outcome?</strong></p> <p>&bull; Obtain a real insight and understanding of how marketing communications have changed</p> <p>&bull; Learn the three rules required for your marketing communications to work</p> <p>&bull; Be provided with a mechanism for defining your tone of voice online</p> <p>&bull; Receive effective KPIs and measurements for tracking online performance</p> <p>&bull; Discover techniques for creating compelling content on a budget and without taking up too much time</p> <p>&bull; Find out how to cut through the noise and get noticed</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp;Why social media has become vital for every organisation</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The business rules that need to be utilised to make social media work</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; How to develop a &lsquo;tone of voice&rsquo; online that will capture your target market&rsquo;s imagination</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The metrics for how to measure social media effectively</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The strategic thinking required in order to make social media a powerful channel</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; How to implement a social media strategy</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The role of content in social media</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; Tactics to get noticed and not disappear with the other &lsquo;noise&rsquo;</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The role of your website</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Is the Course Leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13098-grant-leboff" target="_blank">Grant Leboff</a>&nbsp;is one of the U.K's leading Sales and Marketing experts. Having built a successful direct marketing company, which he started in 2002, Grant sold it in 2008. As well as undertaking work as a Non Executive Director, he now has a number of other business interests. Sticky Marketing Club&reg; Ltd, is a sales and marketing consultancy providing companies with the strategies to thrive in an increasingly competitive world. Grant is a highly sought after consultant and speaker, and constantly makes presentations at conferences and events all over the world.&nbsp;He is a regular contributor to many business magazines and newspapers.&nbsp;</p> <p>A thought leader in his field, Leboff's main focus is to address the massive changes that are taking place in a world that is constantly being introduced to new technologies and an evolving World Wide Web. He continually challenges Sales &amp; Marketing conventions that become accepted wisdom, but don&rsquo;t necessarily deliver results.</p> <p>Amongst others, he has been featured in the Daily Telegraph, The Independent, The Financial Times, The Daily Mirror and The Sun. He has appeared on BBC Radio on numerous occasions as well as being featured on a significant number of US radio networks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p>Today I came away&nbsp;<strong>inspired</strong>&nbsp;by&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/grantleboff/"><strong>Grant Leboff</strong></a>&nbsp;and his views on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/search/results/content/?keywords=%23marketing&amp;origin=HASH_TAG_FROM_FEED"><strong>#marketing</strong></a>&nbsp;and the future of what that means for&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/search/results/content/?keywords=%23business&amp;origin=HASH_TAG_FROM_FEED"><strong>#business</strong></a>.</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>Robyn MacMillan</strong>, 8 February 2018.&nbsp;<em>[LinkedIn]</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fantastic</strong>&nbsp;training at Keele today with&nbsp;<a href="https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@grantleboff</strong></a>. Are you ready for a marketing paradigm shift?</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>Adam Whitehouse,</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://twitter.com/ARWhitehouse13">@ARWhitehouse13</a>,&nbsp;7 February 2018.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13877&Itemid=295 Project management made easy http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13877&Itemid=295 Thu, 06 Sep 2018 14:04:43 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This is project management for busy people in busy businesses <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 25% applies if registration and payment are made by 25 June 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>In most businesses &ndash; whether FTSE 100 or high tech start up &ndash; most work is undertaken in small projects. Despite them being vital to business success, these projects lack the luxury of a full-time team of &lsquo;project experts&rsquo; and are often conducted on an unstructured, informal basis. As often with a fear of the &lsquo;unknown&rsquo;, many assume that project management methodologies are be costly, bureaucratic and will stifle entrepreneurial activity and innovation. This workshop will dispel that myth, giving you skills and processes that are easy to understand and simple to implement.</p> <p>This is project management for busy people in busy businesses.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>If you have any kind of involvement in managing, supporting people and other resources across large or small projects or campaigns as an owner or manager within an SME, or as a director or manager in a larger public or private sector organisation, then this workshop is for you to make your life and work easier. It is suitable for individuals working in different roles across marketing, operations, IT/technical development, sales, finance and people management.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The workshop will be friendly and informal with a mixture of slides, discussion and mini group exercises. We will introduce the principles of successful project management with a specific focus on them being accessible, quick and easy to use on smaller and less formal projects. We will share our own real project scenarios, to look at specific approaches that don&rsquo;t require significant planning and layers of process or red tape. You will gain a toolkit of helpful techniques including scoping and agreeing outcomes, planning, estimating, monitoring and controlling progress, and issue handling. You can expect to be able to apply them immediately upon return to your business. Delegates will be provided with an easy to use project management handbook.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Why projects fail &ndash; and how to stop them failing</li> <li>When not to use a formal project management method</li> <li>Tailoring project management specifically for your project</li> <li>Working with your &lsquo;sponsor&rsquo; or client to understand and agree scope and objectives</li> <li>Estimating and building a good plan</li> <li>Understanding and handling project risk</li> <li>Practical pointers for success</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10091-daryl-woodhouse">Daryl Woodhouse</a>&nbsp;likes wearing several hats every week as a Key Note Speaker, Business Strategist, ILM accredited Leadership Trainer, and Inspirational Mentor.</p> <p>Daryl&rsquo;s time is highly sought after not least from winning numerous awards for his work helping business leaders and entrepreneurs accelerate success, including being voted as a top 50 UK business adviser. As if he doesn&rsquo;t sound busy enough; whilst being a proud father to three young children, Daryl even found time to co-write the five-star rated business success guide Creating Business Advantage!</p> <p>To pursue his passion for developing people and helping companies scale up more sustainably and more easily, Daryl left a successful corporate career in various leadership, strategy and training roles to set up Advantage Business Partnerships Ltd in January 2012. ABP is now an internationally award-winning group with a 25 strong team of leading trainers, coaches, mentors and consultants supporting a range of companies from large corporates, to scale ups and early stage start ups.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p><em>&ldquo;Professional and structured services to help you grow your business. I can&rsquo;t recommend them enough.&rdquo;&nbsp;</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Matt Perkins - <strong>FreeAgent</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>&ldquo;ABP are highly professional and have a strong understanding of all issues around the SME space. Daryl has as a focussed approach to his work and puts his customers at the heart of all he does.&rdquo;</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Andrew Charnley - Head of Region, Trade &amp; Working Capital, <strong>Lloyds Banking Group</strong></em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>&ldquo;ABP are a pleasure to work with. Daryl and his team are agile, proactive and have developed a great strategy for working with scale.&rdquo;</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Ravi Goodimal - Former Associate Director at <strong>Grant Thornton</strong> and Head of Market for <strong>Growth Accelerator</strong></em></p> <p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>&ldquo;Our revenue has more than doubled. Now, we have a clear, focused business plan, and a better work-life balance&rdquo;</em>.&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Director - <strong>Kaizen Furniture</strong></em></p> <p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>&ldquo;The need for SME's to get quality management input from experienced professionals has rarely been more expedient. Daryl, his team and their wider contacts can deliver a range of affordable services and make a real difference.&rdquo;</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>Jonathan Reeves - Channel Manager, <strong>ArchOver Ltd</strong></em></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members- Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Now &pound;296.25<br> Non Members- Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp; Now &pound;446.25</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13694&Itemid=521 GDPR Common Questions For Technology Businesses http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13694&Itemid=521 Fri, 10 Aug 2018 11:53:57 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Common questions for technology businesses <p><strong>Registration starts at 13:00</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Data breach is now an all too frequent headline in the media, and with the advent of the GDPR, fear of huge fines from the regulator and the potential for negative publicity, GDPR compliance has never been more important.&nbsp;</p> <p>Based on our experience we have identified certain common questions for technology businesses.&nbsp; This course provides you with distilled advice on these common areas, with the aim of reducing the risk of enforcement action and give you increased confidence when negotiating with your customers and other third parties in this area.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This practical half day course is aimed at individuals in technology businesses, particularly for those who already have an understanding of the GDPR and who have responsibility for compliance within their organisation.&nbsp; In particular, it is aimed at businesses who are typically data processors when processing the personal data of their data controller customers, but who also collect personal data of their own (and for which they are data controllers) &ndash; especially for marketing purposes and in an HR context.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>It is intended to be a focussed, interactive and applied session.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Agenda</strong></p> <p>The session will cover the following topics:</p> <p><strong>Brief introduction</strong>&nbsp;&ndash; overview of common question areas facing technology businesses.</p> <ul><li>The marketing minefield &ndash; we consider the complex overlap between the GDPR and the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003 (PECR) and offer practical advice on ensuring that these two laws relating to marketing are simultaneously complied with. &nbsp;We consider buying marketing lists and B2B vs B2C marketing.&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>Consent &ndash; we look at the circumstances in which it is appropriate, and not, to obtain the consent of individuals, and how this should be done.&nbsp; We also look at when it is appropriate to try and get refreshed consent.&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>Retain or delete? &ndash; we offer some useful guidance on appropriate retention periods.</li> </ul><ul><li>HR specific issues &ndash; we look at some key areas in an HR context, for current, former and future employees.</li> </ul><ul><li>Appointing your own suppliers and subcontractors &ndash; we summarise the approach which should be taken in relation to appointing suppliers and subcontractors, including conducting due diligence, contract clauses and the position regarding liability.</li> </ul><ul><li>Using the cloud &ndash; we summarise the regulator&rsquo;s position on this area.</li> </ul><ul><li>Overseas transfers &ndash; we summarise the GDPR in terms of easy to follow steps, to ensure that you have the information to select the most appropriate way of ensuring that a transfer is GDPR compliant.</li> </ul><ul><li>Breach notification &ndash; we break down the stages of breach reporting and look at the circumstances in which you do and do not need to report breaches.</li> </ul><ul><li>Assisting a customer &ndash; how far do I need to go? &nbsp;Many customers now expect their suppliers to assist with compliance, for instance in responding to subject access requests.&nbsp; We offer some sensible suggestions for limiting your obligations.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>About the trainers</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13697-andrew-rankin" target="_blank">Andrew Rankin</a>&nbsp;is a Legal Director and&nbsp;<a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/9213-chris-air" target="_blank">Chris Air</a>&nbsp;an Associate Solicitor, at law firm DAC Beachcroft LLP.&nbsp; Both Andrew and Chris specialise in advising suppliers and customers on technology deals, Andrew and Chris both hold the BCS practitioner certificate in data protection and have experience of advising on a wide range of data protection related issues in the technology sector.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00 + VAT</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;495.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org." target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</a></strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13668&Itemid=521 Executive Strategy and Policy Development http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13668&Itemid=521 Wed, 08 Aug 2018 10:57:58 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Building executive-level skills and awareness for strategic thinking and communication <h3><span style="color: #ff0000;">Currently, 15% Early Bird discount applies for both techUK members and non-members</span></h3> <p><strong>Developing strategy and policy development skills to improve the ability of specialists and emerging leaders to tackle more complex business, policy, investment and other strategic questions &ndash; and to be able to present recommendations to senior stakeholders both&nbsp;authoritatively and concisely.</strong></p> <p>This is a relaxed but content-rich course, delivered with a combination of taught sections and delegate case study work in small groups. It broadens delegate&rsquo;s business awareness and provides practical coaching in consulting-style approaches to tackling complex business decisions and communicating findings to Boards and senior management concisely and impactfully.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Reasons to choose this course include:</strong></p> <ul><li>Building skills to evaluate complex, perhaps initially unbounded, business issues that may include financial, competitive, organisational and policy considerations</li> <li>Understanding how to write Board papers, business cases and policy documents that hit the mark; giving senior managers and execs the information they need</li> <li>Developing wider &lsquo;executive-level&rsquo; business awareness, enabling delegates to better anticipate and empathise with diverse stakeholder requirements</li> <li>Developing a wider understanding and ability to influence across finance, marketing, technical and HR/ regulatory/ legal domains</li> <li>Increasing skills, competence and confidence for managers taking on leadership of more diverse teams and dealing with more senior management issues</li> <li>Helping technical, operations, legal, marketing, finance and other specialists to develop broader business competences and outlook for their career progression</li> <li>Helping to develop leaders as part of a wider career development plan.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is recommended for managers and professionals that already have some experience in their own specialisms and now wish to broaden out their strategic business skills and competences. This may be as they prepare for, or take on, more senior roles within their organisations or as they develop their careers in new areas.</p> <p>The course may especially benefit participants that are seeking to deepen and broaden their analytical skills and executive awareness. The course also includes practical coaching on how to write impactful Board level papers quickly and comprehensively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course delivers practical learning in the following areas:</p> <ul><li>How to frame complex business questions (e.g. strategy, policy, build-buy, investment, partnering) and control the evaluation process effectively</li> <li>How to develop and evaluate options using a range of quantitative and qualitative techniques, and to test conclusions</li> <li>How to marshal evidence-based arguments efficiently and communicate them effectively in board level papers</li> <li>Enhanced understanding of the &lsquo;Executive Context&rsquo; that senior managers and Boards need to take account of, as a contribution to delegates&rsquo; executive education &ndash; topics include a high-level introduction to: organisational types, their governance and objectives; market and public sector provision and externalities; competition, differentiation, strategy and marketing frameworks; environmental, culture and management style considerations; the impact of digital, IOT and social media.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Agenda:</p> <ul><li>Introduction (objectives, delegate styles, case themes, teams for exercises)</li> <li>Framing and managing strategic evaluations</li> <li>Developing and evaluating options for strategy, policy and decision papers</li> <li>Executive Context &ndash; What factors do senior leaders take into account for strategic decisions and policy questions?</li> <li>Writing authoritative, concise and compelling board papers</li> <li>Practical exercise: Developing a strategic case and communicating it</li> <li>Closing session (day review and key point summary)</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong><br><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10354-ian-andrews" target="_blank">Ian Andrews</a>&nbsp;is an independent strategy and business development consultant with 30 years&rsquo; combined industry and consulting experience in the telecoms, media and technology sectors, including leadership of strategic projects in more than 20 countries. Ian has a degree in Engineering from Oxford University and an MBA with distinction from Kingston Business School. He consults and trains independently under his &lsquo;1230 Consulting&rsquo; brand and with a network of colleagues and best-of-breed consulting and technology firms. His recent work includes developing strategies in the fast-growing IOT (Internet of Things) sector and helping mobile operators to develop strategic partnerships.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p><em>I really enjoyed the Executive Strategy and Policy Development course I attended at techUK. Material was very relevant for me, particularly around how you construct the strategy messages to senior teams. I found Ian Andrews to be very knowledgeable on the subject, and he balanced extremely well a relaxed style to the day and healthy debate with ensuring all the course objectives were met.</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Neil Aries</strong>&nbsp;- Managing Director, Critical Software Technologies Ltd</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>-&nbsp;<s>&pound;395.00 + VAT</s>&nbsp; &nbsp;Now: &pound;335.75 + VAT<br><strong>Non Members</strong>-&nbsp;<s>&pound;595.00 +VAT</s>&nbsp; &nbsp;Now: &pound;507.75 + VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13718&Itemid=517 How to write an Information Security Policy (GDPR covered) http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13718&Itemid=517 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 09:00:33 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course will help you understand why having an information security policy is important <p><strong>What is the course about?</strong></p> <p>With the adoption of the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) in May 2016, we are almost half way through the two-year journey towards its application in all member states, including the UK on May 25th, 2018. The GDPR will replace the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC and therefore the Data Protection Act 1998 in the UK. Brexit will not change this, as even the earliest possible Brexit would mean several months of compliance requirement while still part of the EU and independent of that, businesses are trading with the EU and are holding data that fall within the scope of the Directive and will therefore have to comply.</p> <p>In order to be compliant with national and international information and data protection laws and regulations, organisations need to introduce appropriate and effective cyber security and data protection controls. The Information Security Policy forms the basis of these controls.</p> <p>A well thought through information security policy will also address the human factor and take the organisation&rsquo;s specificities into consideration. We are all aware that no matter how strong or advanced security applications or technical controls are, protecting the company&rsquo;s data assets will heavily depend on the people within the organisation. People unfortunately are the weakest link in any information security and privacy programme albeit rarely intentionally. The Board and the executive team are ultimately responsible for security breaches, no matter if they occur due to an employee&rsquo;s misconduct, plain negligence or for the simple reason that employees are not aware of threat and how to protect against them.</p> <p>A comprehensive Information Security Policy therefore covers a range of topics, from identifying data assets, defining security objectives to establishing and enforcing formal, written policies and guidelines which govern employees&rsquo; behaviour.</p> <p>This full day course is designed to give a practical introduction about the importance of having an information security policy and to provide clear guidelines on how to develop and to document a well-thought through and effective policy that ensures information security, is aligned with the business strategy, reduces the impact of identified and diverse risks, manages resources and infrastructure effectively and efficiently and delivers value for the security investment made.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Board members, C-suite executives and everyone responsible for the protection of the organisation&rsquo;s data and assets (CEO, COO, CFO CTO, CISO, CSO, and Directors of IT, Data Protection, Compliance Officer and Information security personal).</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>At the end of the course attendees will:</p> <ul><li>Understand the central role of the Information Security Policy in securing business assets and delivering value to the business</li> <li>Have practical knowledge of the different types of information security policies and their core components</li> <li>Develop, implement, and maintain various types of information security policies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>10.00am: Registration at techUK London reception</li> <li>10.30am: Introduction to the course and getting to know each other</li> <li>10.50am: What is an information security policy and why it is important.</li> <li>11.50am: Coffee break</li> <li>12.00pm: When and How to write an information security policy: part 1</li> <li>13.00pm: Lunch break</li> <li>14.00pm: How to write and develop an information security policy</li> <li>15.20pm: Tea break</li> <li>15.40pm: Implementing and maintaining an information security policy</li> <li>16.45pm: Course summary and thank you</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p>The course will be delivered by <a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/7972-shadi-razak" target="_blank">Shadi A. Razak</a>, Partner and Head of Cyber Security and Compliance at CyNation. Shadi is a cyber security and business digitalisation expert, with a strong foundation in business and IT strategy. His expertise in information security management, security governance and compliance, cloud security and business digitalisation has made him a sought-after advisor to and coach for several international blue-chip companies, government organisations, and SME&rsquo;s in the UK, and the MENA region for the past 15 years. He has been a visiting lecturer at several international and British universities and is currently a Board Member and President of the Information Security Group (ISG) Alumni, Technology and Finance Society and a mentor for a number of FinTech and SecurityTech start-ups in London.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>Price (excluding VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13683&Itemid=260 Getting it Right with Open Source Software Licensing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13683&Itemid=260 Fri, 10 Aug 2018 10:23:16 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course is designed to help organisations who develop and distribute software <p><strong>Registration from 1pm</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Open Source Software is now broadly used in the development of software applications. The ability to reuse components of code already created allows development teams to create more code, with more functionality, faster. It also promotes the adoption of standards and makes applications more interoperable.</p> <p>With the increasing adoption of open source software in software development there is an increasing need for organisations to understand free and open source software licensing obligations and compliance issues.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course has been designed for anyone concerned with and involved in Open Source Management, including operational, legal, software development managers, open source program managers, software procurement managers, software architects, developers and maintainers and product managers of open source products or proprietary products containing significant open source. Every effort has been made to present the concepts at a level that is accessible and relevant for all of these participants</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Knowledge that will be acquired from this course:</p> <p>Basic legal understanding of the principles of open source software licensing.<br>Understand the spectrum of software licence categories e.g. reciprocal, permissive etc.<br>Obligations to be compliant with open source software licences<br>Industry best practices</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>This course is a half-day class room based course designed to help organisations who develop and distribute software and/or companies receiving software through a supply chain implement a governance program. The training is broken down into 7 modules which can be delivered individually if require.</p> <p>The modules included in the course are:</p> <p>1. What is Intellectual Property?</p> <p>2. Introduction to Open Source Software Licenses</p> <p>3. Introduction to Open Source Software compliance</p> <p>4. Key Software Concepts for Open Source Software Review</p> <p>5. Running an Open Source Software Review</p> <p>6. End to End Compliance Management (Example Process)</p> <p>7. Avoiding Compliance Pitfalls</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10238-martin-callinan" target="_blank">Martin Callinan</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years&rsquo; experience in the software industry specialising in software licensing, IT Governance and risk avoidance. He has seen the challenges of risk management related to various aspects of the software ecosystem. Martin is now focused on assisting organisations leveraging the benefits of open source software to create bespoke applications in house or through third parties while managing the business risks of intellectual property, open source component licensing, copyrights, security vulnerability management, and operational risk.</p> <p>Martin is actively involved in the the open source software industry to help create best practices and industry standards for the adoption and management of open source based software through and OpenUK Industry Association for Software Asset Management (http://openuk.uk/), The Linux Foundation and Software Freedom Conservancy.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;495.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:georgina.mccall@techuk.org">georgina.mccall@techuk.org</a>.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13636&Itemid=373 Storytelling in Business http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13636&Itemid=373 Mon, 06 Aug 2018 10:02:52 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org How storytelling can be an effective business tool. <p><strong>Registration from 9.30am</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>You will learn:</p> <ul><li>The theory of storytelling</li> <li>What storytelling in business really is (and what it isn&rsquo;t)</li> <li>How you can start to tell your own brand story</li> <li>Looking at real-life case studies and how you can apply those to your brand</li> <li>How storytelling has the power to change how people see and react to things</li> <li>The power to influence word of mouth through storytelling</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>We believe you can&rsquo;t tell great stories in business, if you can&rsquo;t tell a great story, full stop. We also believe it&rsquo;s vital everyone in your business knows your brand story, not just your customers.<br>Our foundation course has been purposely designed for all levels of skill. As it develops skills inherently, it can also be taken by anyone looking to build their career, not just big brands.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>It helps you to understand why storytelling remains the greatest human pastime and how you can begin to apply it to your brand effectively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p><strong>Act 1</strong>&nbsp;- The theory: what storytelling is and why people react so strongly to stories.<br><strong>Act 2</strong>&nbsp;- Best practice: the art of storytelling, structures and rules &ndash; and how to break them.<br><strong>Act 3</strong>&nbsp;- How to use it: we&rsquo;ll apply storytelling to your brand and your day to day role.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10355-chris-hewitt" target="_blank">Chris Hewitt</a>, CEO of Berkeley.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;395.00 + VAT<br><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;595.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>&ldquo;The course was brilliant and exceeded expectations!&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">RL, Kent.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;Regardless of what point you are at in your career or what your specific job role is - salesperson, marketer, copywriter, PR practitioner... - this course will make you think differently about how you can stand out from the crowd, communicate more effectively and have a bit of fun creating stories that will help you connect with your audience.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">Rebecca, London.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;The course actually gave me more than I thought it would. I had expected it to just be about incorporating storytelling into my marketing writing, but I've gone away with ideas for incorporating storytelling into my presentations, networking and much more as well&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">RH, London.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13771&Itemid=295 GDPR - Upheaval or more of the same? http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13771&Itemid=295 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:59:21 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org GDPR - The basic and fundamental principles <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The GDPR has slowly come upon us, leaving many businesses, especially SME's, confused. The Regulation is effective as of 25 May 2018, yet it is long and detailed, while leaving some matters to domestic legislation, and leaving other principles vague. It is not an easy read, or one that most SME's would want to undertake - but it is so crucial to modern business that everyone needs some understanding of its principles - from the Board of Directors down to the humblest operative in the IT Department. It is not just a question of avoiding big fines, but a question of following modern best practice - because it is not just government, but ordinary people, who expect compliance with data protection law in the modern world.</p> <p>Unlike other courses, this one is aimed at the tech industry in particular, concentrating on what is of importance to those operating in that sector, such as those offering cloud services, outsourcing, development or integration.</p> <p>This course is run by Richard Stephens, already well known for his detailed, practical and informative courses on commercial law, and he is bringing those same qualities to this course on the GDPR.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Most people in a modern business will have some contact with data, whether collecting it, processing it or negotiating or administering contracts for processing data. So this course is for everyone.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course will take delegates through the basic principles of the GDPR and will introduce the fundamental principles. More than just a recitation of the GDPR's provisions, reference is made where appropriate to the abundant guidance available on aspects of the GDPR, both from national and EU supervisory bodies and from other third parties. The course is accompanied by Q&amp;A sessions, allowing delegates to apply their existing knowledge and discuss difficult areas e.g. how the GDPR applies to cloud providers.</p> <p>Delegates will come away with a sound knowledge of the basics and a good grasp of how it applies to the tech sector, as well as an understanding of what steps need to be taken to ensure compliance with the law.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The course looks at the following areas among others:</p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; territorial scope of the GDPR</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; basic principles:</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; consent&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; lawfulness of processing</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; legitimate interests</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Security and breach notification</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;the individual's "new" rights</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;notices</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;access, rectification and portability</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;rights to object</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;automated decision making and profiling</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;transferring data</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;supervision and enforcement</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members -&nbsp;&pound;295.00</p> <p>Non Members -&nbsp;&pound;495.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">your company is a member of techUK</a>, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13657&Itemid=260 An Introduction to the NHS and technology http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13657&Itemid=260 Tue, 07 Aug 2018 13:57:48 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A focus on how technology is organised within the NHS <p><strong>Registration is from 12 noon</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The NHS is a complex organisation that faces increasing demand for services along with constrained funding. The belief that technology can contribute to quality outcomes and efficiency gains is embedded within NHS policy propositions and commitments, but this does not make the NHS market for technology easy to navigate.</p> <p>This course provides an introduction to the organisation of the NHS, its governance and policy drivers, with a specific focus on how technology is organised in the NHS, background trends and priorities, as well as procurement processes.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is suitable for anyone new to the health technology sector or seeking to refresh and update their understanding. It is particularly relevant to sales, marketing and business development managers who need to strengthen their understanding of how the NHS is organised and uses technology.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>This engaging and informative workshop will provide delegates with a good understanding of the NHS. Participants will gain knowledge that will enable them to target and identify policy areas and demand opportunities relevant to their own organisation.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Start time: 12:30pm</li> <li>Structure of the NHS: introduction to the organisation of the NHS, with an emphasis on understanding that it is not a single entity. A high level explanation of policy, commissioning and provision, including funding flows.</li> <li>Technology in the NHS: how technology is organised in the NHS, providing an understanding of which buyers are for different kinds of technologies.</li> <li>Impact of policy: review of key policies and initiatives that influence the demand for and requirements of technology.</li> <li>Regulation and procurement: discussion of regulation and how it impacts marketing and sales.</li> <li>Finish time: 5:00pm</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-staff/item/4854-lenore-ogilvy" target="_blank">Lenore Ogilvy</a>&nbsp;has been consulting on technology-related projects in the public sector for the last ten years. Her clients have included both NHS England and NHS Digital, where she has worked on a number of projects, ranging from national infrastructure to strategy design and implementation. Lenore has drawn on her direct experience of policy and governance in the NHS, and public sector commercial and buying behaviour, in the design of this course.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <blockquote> <p>"I attended 'An Introduction to the NHS and Technology' on 29 January 2018 delivered at techUK by Lenore Ogilvy of Conbrio Associates. I am a regular visitor and member of techUK and a my company takes a full and active part in techUK and glean good insight into markets, sectors and opportunities. But this is the first time I have attended one of this style of events and I am pleased to recommend future ones to others. Delivered at techUK&rsquo;s offices which offer a good environment and delivered by Lenore who has a professional and engaging delivery style, I found the information she imparted of great interest."&nbsp;</p> </blockquote> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Richard Quinlan</strong>, Security &amp; Information Systems Division, Leonardo MW</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <blockquote> <p><br>"Lenore is very knowledgeable. Knows the subject in detail. A great course for those wishing to break into Healthcare."&nbsp;</p> </blockquote> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Catherine Kiaie</strong>,<strong>&nbsp;</strong>UK Public Sector Account Manager, EnterpriseDB</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00<br><strong>Non techUK Members</strong>- &pound;495.00<br>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13723&Itemid=373 Winning Demos Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13723&Itemid=373 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 09:31:06 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Covering the complete pre-sales cycle for a killer execution <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 25 August 2019</strong></span></p> <h3>Discovery, Design and Delivery of Software Demos that Win Business</h3> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Winning Demos Masterclass?</strong></p> <p>Many product demonstrations focus on features and functions and ultimately are in danger of become a training session. This style of demonstrating is highly ineffective. Based on twenty years of pre-sales experience Winning Demos (TM) is a tried and tested methodology which covers the complete pre-sales cycle from effective discovery meetings to the execution of a killer pre-sales technical product presentation and demo.</p> <p>You will leave with practical and repeatable tools for efficient demo planning and preparation. You will learn how to differentiate your solution in a competitive market place by reinforcing and complementing existing sales processes with strategies that produce quick and effective rapid results. Ultimately this means you will shorten the sales cycle and close business faster.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <ul><li>Pre-sales staff</li> <li>Software engineers</li> <li>Technical architects</li> <li>Sales professionals who have the challenge of selling complex solutions in highly competitive markets.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You will learn and practice tried, tested and proven pre-sales discovery and demonstration skills which will enable you to:</p> <ul><li>Sell value during the demo and presentation by tailoring the business process to the needs of the different personality types in the room</li> <li>Adopt a demo style to the prospects business issues and not go into irrelevant technical detail</li> <li>Engage the prospect through mixing the mode of delivery from flipchart to PC demo to round the table discussion</li> <li>Raise your game by learning best practice techniques</li> <li>Learn communication models based on techniques and tools which influence, change behaviour, motivate and get results</li> </ul><p>The goal of Winning Demos (TM) is to deliver a practical, proven set of skills, tools and procedures that can immediately be put to use to improve your business's demo-to-win ratio.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Topics to be covered:</strong></p> <ul><li>Mapping discovery meeting findings</li> <li>Crafting a compelling demo scenario</li> <li>'Less is more'</li> <li>Establishing hooks</li> <li>Hitting different buyers buttons</li> <li>Demo scripts and checklists</li> <li>Creating scenario checkpoints</li> <li>Powerful webinars</li> <li>Demo crimes</li> <li>Combining different presentation tools</li> <li>Taking and maintaining control</li> <li>Presenting to a mixed audience and keeping them interested</li> <li>Objection handling</li> <li>Role-play</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director at Winning Demos and Beyond. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion. Her courses are based on best practice experience (Salma has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;<del>&pound;395.00</del>&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;<del>&pound;595.00</del>&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here to check first&nbsp;</a>to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13809&Itemid=295 Drafting and Negotiating Service Level Agreements http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13809&Itemid=295 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:37:45 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org What is of importance to those operating in the tech sector <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Service Level Agreements (SLA&rsquo;s) are a part of both modern business and modern government: many businesses and government departments (central and local) claim to offer compliance with SLA&rsquo;s, and SLA&rsquo;s lie at the heart of many agreements in the tech sector: cloud services, software support, outsourcing, help desks - really anything where one party provides a service to another.</p> <p>Considered &ldquo;technical&rdquo;, they may not be drafted by lawyers or others with lengthy drafting experience in the first place - but of the entire contractual suite of documents, the SLA may well turn out to be the one piece of documentation the parties have most recourse to in the lifetime of a contract.</p> <p>Getting an SLA right at the outset will save the parties much pain later and prevent arguments over what the SLA actually means or how it applies to what has happened in practice. Despite this basic fact, many SLA&rsquo;s fail&nbsp;either because they are too complicated or because they exist in a theoretical world divorced from reality.</p> <p>This course is run by Richard Stephens, already well known for his detailed, practical and informative courses on commercial law, and he is bringing those same qualities to this course on SLA&rsquo;s. He draws on his experience of drafting and negotiating SLA&rsquo;s over many years and provides practical examples from his own experience as guides to good drafting and negotiation practice.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>Most people in a modern business will have some contact with an SLA - from the commercial management team drafting and negotiating one to the IT Department which is trying to understand and operate it. Just about anyone in your organisation will want to learn how to draft and operate an SLA.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course will take delegates logically through the process of establishing and drafting an SLA, focusing on the impact of SLA&rsquo;s on the tech sector and how they are used in, for example, cloud service agreements or helpdesk or other support agreements.</p> <p>Delegates will come away with knowledge of how to go about setting up an SLA, what to include and what to exclude, an understanding of key expressions including the all important TLA&rsquo;s so beloved of the tech sector (SLA is itself a TLA &hellip;), an appreciation of the key negotiation areas and the major pitfalls to look out for.</p> <p>The course includes plenty of opportunities for Q&amp;A using worked examples as a basis for discussion.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The course looks at the following areas among others:</p> <ul><li>How are SLA&rsquo;s put together?</li> <li>What is the right balance to strike when making an SLA:</li> <li>How to make sure your drafting works - aim for precision and simplicity</li> <li>Relationship to the main agreement</li> <li>Who should do the first draft?</li> <li>How to measure the various services (which ones to include)</li> <li>What remedies should be proposed for non-compliance with service levels</li> <li>The provider wants to describe its normal service</li> <li>The customer which wants a big stick to beat the provider with</li> <li>What does the law say about SLA&rsquo;s (there has been a movement in the law&rsquo;s approach to these things)</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;295.00 + VAT</p> <p>Non-Members - &pound;495.00 + VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13726&Itemid=373 Powerful Storytelling for Tech http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13726&Itemid=373 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 10:02:12 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Suitable for those who give presentations to communicate and influence a sale effectively <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 1 September 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>As Tech companies see a shift towards the non-technical buyer, storytelling is increasingly a core personal skill for engaging with customers in a more meaningful and compelling way. To really connect and differentiate we need the skills and confidence to move away from traditional presentations and instead focus on crafting a great story. Those who are powerful storytellers can paint a solution that sticks in the customer&rsquo;s mind and helps to sell up the value chain. Investing time and resources developing fabulous features and benefits is wasted if customers don&rsquo;t believe your story and their feelings about your products and services remain unchanged.</p> <p>A great story needs to do three things for your customer;</p> <ol><li>Confirm the customers world view; what they care about? What change they are looking for</li> <li>Make an emotional connection</li> <li>Deliver information which is logical to rationalise decision making</li> </ol><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>The Storytelling for Tech workshop is suitable for those who must present and communicate, sell, influence, overcome objections and shift mindsets.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The following topics will be covered:</p> <p>Overview of storytelling principles<br>The power of storytelling and &lsquo;science&rsquo; of why it works<br>The Hero&rsquo;s journey: Unfulfilled desire, confrontation and obstacles, resolution<br>Structuring and developing a story&rsquo;s flow</p> <ul><li>Beginning bond with audience - connecting</li> <li>Introducing tension/conflict - engage customers</li> <li>Middle contrast what is and what could be - differentiating</li> <li>End with heightened sense of &lsquo;wow&rsquo;</li> </ul><p>Adding emotional texture<br>Spicing a story with visual, sensory and auditory words<br>Using &lsquo;sticky&rsquo; metaphors<br>Creating a memorable and persuasive moment<br>Context and relevancy - linking stories to the audience<br>Strategies for handling common sales challenges through storytelling<br>Delivering storytelling through different medium; images, flipchart, slides</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong><br><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Soft Skills 4Tech and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience and Psychology (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training, Coaching and Psychometric Profiling</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13600&Itemid=373 How to Write and Deliver a Winning Pitch http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13600&Itemid=373 Wed, 01 Aug 2018 14:02:55 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Focusing on three situations: the Elevator Pitch, Introducing the Business and Pitching to Win <p>Registration from 9am</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>A one-day (CPD-accredited) training course that will transform the way you pitch yourself, your business and products and services - so what you say and how you say it is clearer, more powerful and more engaging.</p> <p>The course will focus on three key pitch situations: the Elevator Pitch, Introducing the Business and Pitching to Win. As well as refining delivery in each situation, delegates will leave with tools and approaches that will help them to continue to improve the way they write and deliver more compelling pitches and presentations in future.</p> <p>The day is spent learning how to use the tools and methodology and pitching live to a camera. The approach is designed to ensure delegates develop their skills and understanding, refine the pitches they prepared ahead of the training and become better and more confident communicators. As well as trying out new words and approaches on the day, delegates will also leave with a plan of action to take their pitches to the next level.</p> <p><strong>The 3 Pitch Situations in more detail</strong></p> <p><em>ELEVATOR PITCH &ndash; the first time you meet someone in a business setting where you explain what you and your business does.</em></p> <p><em>INTRODUCING the BUSINESS &ndash; where you are asked to present an overview of your business to a prospective client or to a panel.</em></p> <p><em>PITCHING to WIN &ndash; the moment you state your case for being selected, perhaps at the conclusion of a pitch or in answer to the question: &ldquo;Why should we pick you?&rdquo;</em></p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>The course is focused on real-world business situations and has been written to help those who play a role in promoting their business, who want to be better communicators and are open to constructive challenge.</p> <p>Attendees who will benefit include those:</p> <ul><li>Who have deep technical knowledge and expertise about their sector and/or products, but are pitching to a broader business community who may not have the same technical insight, and feel they can improve their ability to communicate verbally;</li> <li>Who find their role is evolving and requires them increasingly to be much more involved in presenting their business to customers at meetings, conferences and networking;</li> <li>Who find they habitually talk about features and don't know how to write pitches and proposals that focus on client benefits; and</li> <li>Who are competent presenters and want someone to constructively challenge their approach.</li> </ul><p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>At the end of the day attendees will:</p> <ul><li>Leave armed with 3 clearer and better pitches;</li> <li>Will have learned how to write a more compelling benefit-focused pitch;</li> <li>Will be better communicators; and</li> <li>Will have a personal improvement plan.</li> </ul><p>Delegates will subsequently have access to video recordings of their pitches and written guidance to drive personal improvement.</p> <p><strong>Course agenda</strong></p> <p>Part One &ndash; What does a &lsquo;good&rsquo; pitch read and sound like?</p> <ul><li>What is the purpose of a pitch and what qualities make a good Pitch?</li> <li>Elevator Pitch</li> <li>The importance of knowing your audience</li> <li>How to structure a pitch</li> </ul><p>Part Two &ndash; Present Your Business</p> <ul><li>4 minutes to present you business</li> <li>Each pitch will be filmed, and after everyone has had their turn, the group will review and critique each pitch using the criteria developed and agreed in Part One.</li> </ul><p>Part Three &ndash; Developing a Better Pitch</p> <ul><li>3 minutes to Pitch to Win.</li> <li>Each pitch will be filmed, and after everyone has had their turn, the group will review and critique each pitch using the criteria developed and agreed in Part One.</li> </ul><p><strong>Who is the Course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/7679-tony-treacy">Tony Treacy</a>&nbsp;is Managing Director of Pitch Factory. He brings a wealth of experience in marketing and communication gained working for international brands in both the business-to-business and business-to-consumer spaces and across many sectors including: telco, ISPs, technology manufacturing, retailing, automotive, aerospace, drinks, FMCG and luxury goods over the last 28 years.</p> <p><strong>Fee:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00<br>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13648&Itemid=517 Blockchain Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13648&Itemid=517 Mon, 06 Aug 2018 14:27:58 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Realistically assess the risks and opportunities on cryptocurrencies to make informed decisions. <p>It is predicted that one tenth of the worlds GDP will make its way onto the blockchain market&nbsp;by 2025.</p> <p>The scope of transformation led by blockchain technologies will not be solely confined to finance. Blockchain technology will transform the way businesses interact and collaborate, creating new opportunities based upon the transparency of processes and data.</p> <p>Engaging early with this technology and planning strategies now will ensure that opportunities are not missed. Leaders from multiple sectors should be ready to engage their stakeholders in discussions about how blockchains can benefit their organisations from the ground up.</p> <p>This full-day executive/ senior management training course will empower management to realistically assess the risks and the opportunities on blockchains/cryptocurrencies to make informed decisions about the future of their&nbsp;business.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Business Leaders who would like to understand how blockchains can help them to expand their business</li> <li>C-level executives who would like to learn more about blockchain and cryptocurrencies</li> <li>Solicitors providing legal advice to technological companies</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p><em>At the end of the course participants should be able</em></p> <ul><li>To understand the fundamental principles of blockchains and distinguish different variants of the technology</li> <li>Understand different applications of blockchains such as crypto currencies, smart contracts and notary applications</li> <li>Be able to confidently communicate the impact of blockchains to colleagues</li> <li>Understand how blockchain technologies are being used today to resolve Page 2/5 business problems</li> <li>Recognise the regulators view of blockchain</li> <li>Being able to identify the risks and the opportunities that blockchains offer</li> <li>Map a clear strategic roadmap to leverage the benefits of this new technology for their own business</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p><em>Introduction</em></p> <ul><li>A brief history of blockchains</li> <li>Why blockchains</li> <li>Public key cryptography for business people</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>How blockchain works</em></p> <ul><li>What are blockchains</li> <li>Fundamental principles of the technology</li> <li>Existing technologies: Bitcoin and cryptocurrencies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Business Application</em></p> <ul><li>Public blockchains</li> <li>Smart contracts</li> <li>Benefits and risk</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Blockchain for traditional business</em></p> <ul><li>Private blockchains</li> <li>Case studies and examples in notary applications</li> <li>Benefits and risk</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>The Future of Blockchain</em></p> <ul><li>Current Landscape in finance and other business sector</li> <li>Legislation</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Terminology</em></p> <ul><li>Myth buster</li> <li>Jargon buster</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10851-maria-g-vigliotti" target="_blank">Dr Maria G Vigliotti</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in computing with a vast experience in security, cryptography, blockchains, training in academic and non-academic environments. Maria is the CEO of Sandblocks Consulting, a company providing:</p> <ul><li>Blockchain&nbsp;executive training</li> <li>Training on coding The Ethereum Blockchain&nbsp;</li> <li>Blockchain requirements workshops</li> <li>Bespoken blockchain&nbsp;solutions</li> <li>Security audits for smart contracts</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Maria is &nbsp;the Chief Editor of the open access journal Frontiers in Blockchain, Smart Contract section&nbsp;<a href="https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/blockchain/sections/smart-contracts#about" target="_blank">https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/blockchain/sections/smart-contracts#about</a>,</p> <p>&nbsp;a member of the Distributed Ledger Technology &nbsp;Committee of the &nbsp;International Standard&nbsp;Organisation (ISO/TC 307)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Maria holds a PhD in Computing from Imperial College London. She has several years of experience in formal verification of code for concurrent systems in safety, critical applications, industry and academia. She also, worked on cryptographic attacks with The European Railway Traffic Management Systems (ERTMS), the European railway signaling system and the Cyber security strategy for the railway. Maria has published over thirty papers in reference to international academic journals and conferences.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What others say about the course.</strong></p> <p><em>"Maria tailored the course to suite the level of knowledge in the audience in a way that ensured we all left with a valuable insight into the technology.&nbsp; The course content was well structured and superbly delivered by Maria, who as well as being abundantly qualified is also clearly one of industry&rsquo;s leading experts in her field.</em></p> <p><em>I would highly recement the BlockChain Master Class to anybody who like me needs to understand this novel technology and its value to the wider business environment."</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Colin Hamilton</strong>,&nbsp;Horsebridge Defence &amp; Security Limited</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;I found this course to be very interesting and it conveyed the basic principles of blockchain in a way to allow me to research the topic further with confidence.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Eryl Hardman</strong>, Senior Legal Counsel - Nomimet</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13753&Itemid=372 Mobile Video Pro (iPhone or Android) - Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13753&Itemid=372 Fri, 17 Aug 2018 13:06:10 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A course by Alex Pell, former tech editor of The Sunday Times and founder of Dashboard Media <p><span style="color:#ff0000"><strong>10% early-bird discount if registration and payment are both completed by 9 September 2019</strong></span></p> <h3>Everyone who attends the course on this date will receive a free mobile-video kit (worth &pound;249).</h3> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The Mobile Video Pro masterclass will empower you to shoot, edit, or share fantastic footage with nothing but your handset. Video is the most powerful way to showcase your business and so it makes perfect sense to learn how to do this with the camera that&rsquo;s always in your pocket &ndash; a phone.&nbsp;You will also discover the apps or gadgets that unlock truly professional results in just a single day.</p> <p>Dashboard Media is London's top mobile-video training agency. Since 2011, we have kickstarted the creativity of many of the UK's best-known brands. Our courses deliver instant skills-acceleration with plenty of 'practical playtime&rsquo; because the best way to learn anything is to get your hands dirty and have fun. We believe in small groups and so there are no more than a dozen delegates at this event.</p> <p>Mobile Video Pro is the original and best training of its type in the UK. This is a proven programme that has helped hundreds of people to achieve amazing things. Come along and find out why.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>You will learn to:</strong>&nbsp;</p> <ul><li>Plan video shoots that work in all conditions</li> </ul><ul><li>Capture footage that&rsquo;s rock-solid and pin-sharp</li> </ul><ul><li>Record clear audio with &lsquo;mobile&rsquo; mics</li> </ul><ul><li>Edit on the phone with voiceover or titles</li> </ul><ul><li>Publish straight onto social channels</li> </ul><ul><li>Broadcast live with Facebook or Instagram</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>We&rsquo;ve given up guessing why people need to make more videos. What we do know is that Mobile Video Pro has enabled hundreds of our clients to meet their business goals, whatever these may be. Here are just a few inspiring examples. What will you do with your new skills?</p> <ul><li><strong>British Gas</strong>&nbsp;fixes boilers faster because its engineers now share instructional video-clips</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>Queen Mary University</strong>&nbsp;gives sneak previews of projects its scientists are cooking-up in the lab</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>Save the Children</strong>&nbsp;field-workers reveal the truth about emergency situations as they unfold</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>The Foreign and Commonwealth Office</strong>&nbsp;showcases events at British embassies around the globe</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>UBS</strong>&nbsp;sells its invaluable financial insights into media outlets as news stories go live</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>The Football Association</strong>&nbsp;publishes social interviews with England players on foreign trips</li> </ul><ul><li><strong>English Heritage</strong>&nbsp;captures the flavour of events that it runs at the UK&rsquo;s historic monuments</li> </ul><ul><li><a href="https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/" target="_blank"><strong>The Canal &amp; River Trust</strong></a>&nbsp;is making a &lsquo;<a href="https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/enjoy-the-waterways/boating/a-guide-to-boating/boaters-handbook" target="_blank">video-handbook</a>&rsquo; as an accessible resource for boaters</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p>This event will be led by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/11755-alex-pell" target="_blank">Alex Pell</a>, former tech editor of The Sunday Times and founder of Dashboard Media, London&rsquo;s top creative-skills accelerator. Alex has also edited Stuff Magazine, the world's best-selling consumer tech title, and has an invaluable gift for making even the most complex ideas simple. In 2015, he won the &lsquo;People&rsquo;s Choice&rsquo; Webby Award for urban innovation and the JustGiving &lsquo;Tech for Good&rsquo; Award as co-founder of SnapDonate, the fintech fundraising app. The Mobile Video Pro course was co-devised by Richard Taylor, founding editor of Click, the BBC's flagship tech-brand.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials:</strong></p> <p>Watch how Mobile Video Pro helps Cancer Research UK tell incredible stories</p> <p><iframe height="350" src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/t3kJ4aAocnQ" width="425"></iframe></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;I have personally never before come away from a training course feeling so excited.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Martin McGlown</strong>, Head of Regional Press, Cancer Research UK</em></p> <p>&ldquo;Thank you for the excellent training. The group took a great deal away from these sessions &ndash; and naturally they all wanted a bit longer&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Kate Burnham</strong>, Digital Training &amp; Upskilling Officer, Foreign &amp; Commonwealth Office</em></p> <p>&ldquo;Dashboard Media is the best-kept secret in training. It has created inspirational courses for lots of our editorial teams. This is a classy operation&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align:right"><em><strong>Will Findlater</strong>, Editor-in-Chief, Haymarket Creative Solutions</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost</strong></p> <p>techUK Members -&nbsp;&pound;399.00<br> Non Members - &pound;599.00<br> Price (excluding VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:georgina.mccall@techuk.org">georgina.mccall@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13619&Itemid=260 Understanding and Engaging With Government http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13619&Itemid=260 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 15:31:48 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Understanding of how central government is structured and operated, and the culture in Whitehall. <p><strong>Early Bird discount of 20% applies if registration and payment are made by 10 August&nbsp;2019</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Registration from 9.15am</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the understanding and engaging with government course?</strong></p> <p>This course will help give you a good understanding of how central government is structured and operated, and the culture in Whitehall, so that you can have confidence when interacting with government. We will look at successful ways to communicate with government, and methods that don&rsquo;t work so well.</p> <p>You will improve your knowledge of Whitehall which will enable you to build better relationships with civil servants and public servants, and improve your understanding of current public sector clients. We will look at the pressures that civil servants are under, what they have to consider when making decisions and what it&rsquo;s like working in the corridors of power. We will also look at the role of social media in communicating with government.</p> <p>The course is very interactive and there will be time to deal with specific situations that you would like to explore from your own experience. You will hear stories of things that went well (and badly!). For those who want to, there will be a chance to learn from role playing scenarios.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend the course?</strong></p> <p>Anyone who currently works with Whitehall, or would like to work with Whitehall or simply wants to know more about the culture of Whitehall and how to get the best out of relationships with public sector stakeholders.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You will develop:</p> <ul><li>confidence in dealing with Whitehall and central government</li> <li>clarity on how to communicate with government</li> <li>do&rsquo;s and don&rsquo;ts for working with Whitehall</li> <li>understanding of the Whitehall and public sector cultures and the political context</li> <li>a sense of what it&rsquo;s like to work with Ministers &amp; confidence in dealing with senior government stakeholders</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/11839-jo-clift" target="_blank">Jo Clift</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years&rsquo; experience at the heart of Whitehall. She spent a number of years in senior communications roles, including Head of Communications for the BSE Inquiry and then Press Secretary to Lord Falconer. She has worked closely with many ministers over the years, including Lord Peter Mandelson and Sir Oliver Letwin. She also worked at Number 10 in the Prime Minister&rsquo;s press office.</p> <p>Jo&rsquo;s other government roles include creating the Coalition Government&rsquo;s ICT strategy in 2011, developing a new model for corporate shared services across Whitehall, and leading on high level board appointments to public bodies. Jo gained private sector experience as a senior manager at Deloitte Consulting.</p> <p>Jo now works as a professional trainer, coach and business consultant specialising in communicating with and understanding government. She specializes in training senior executives for select committee appearances. She is a published writer on the civil service and Brexit.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Registration and coffee will be from 9.00-9.30am Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>Topics to be covered are:</p> <ul><li>How is central government structured</li> <li>What is it like being a civil servant &amp; what are the current challenges for Whitehall</li> <li>How to get your views heard in Whitehall</li> <li>Do&rsquo;s and don&rsquo;ts for communicating and working with Whitehall</li> <li>A guide to doing business with Ministers</li> <li>How to get the best from your stakeholders in government</li> <li>There will be a chance to focus on real life examples</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost?</strong></p> <p>techUK member- &pound;395 &amp; VAT</p> <p>Non techUK member- &pound;595 &amp; VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13729&Itemid=295 Coaching Skills for Technical Managers and Leaders http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13729&Itemid=295 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 10:44:55 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Gain greater understanding of how to apply technical skills in a creative way <p><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 15 September 2019</strong></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Coaching Skills for Technical Managers and Leaders</strong></p> <p>This course will improve your understanding of what coaching is, specifically targeted to the technical mind-set, giving you the skills to coach and motivate your team to high performance and get results.</p> <p>According to research, those in technical roles, typically possess a drive to analyse and explore a system, figuring out how things work, processes or what the underlying causes. These are great skills to have and many of the world&rsquo;s best companies have discovered how to get the best from this kind of person. On the contrary being a great coach is all about empathy and asking powerful questions which guide the person being coached through the issue.</p> <p>Add to this the fact that some in tech role can also be highly creative (picture Bill Gates) and have the ability to focus with great intensity in one area and also see innovative ideas, patterns and possibilities that would likely be missed by the rest of us.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Our workshop is aimed primarily at those who are responsible for managing and leading 'technical' teams. The course will be beneficial to both existing managers and those who are transitioning or interested in moving into a leadership and management role. It will also be of interest to anyone who needs to bridge the communication gap between front end sales and the technical team.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Soft Skills 4Tech and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>Specifically tailored to the technical mindset the course will cover the following:</p> <ul><li>What is coaching?</li> <li>Understanding the coachee</li> <li>Coaching tools to suit the coachee</li> <li>When should you coach?</li> <li>Applying a coaching model</li> <li>Coaching to get results</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non-Members - Was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14059&Itemid=518 Developing a World-Class Bid Capability http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14059&Itemid=518 Wed, 03 Oct 2018 15:02:58 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A successful Bid Capability is the lifeblood of tech organisations like yours <p><strong>Leave with a roadmap to be a World-Class Bidding Organisation</strong></p> <p>A successful Bid Capability is the lifeblood of tech organisations like yours. Sadly, many organisations undervalue it, treating it as a siloed department subservient to Sales. Today's world-class bidding organisation places bidding at the heart of everything.</p> <p>A great example is Computacenter, who made the transition from being the leading UK tech reseller to the major force in the marketplace they are today by putting bidding at the heart of their business. Their journey began by assessing how they measured up against the Get to Great&reg; model below:</p> <p>This course uses the same model to start you on your journey to be a World-Class Bidding Organisation.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend the course?</strong></p> <p>Anyone with a stake in your organisation&rsquo;s Bid Capability and its success.</p> <ul><li>Sales Directors</li> </ul><ul><li>Senior Sales Leaders</li> </ul><ul><li>Head of Bid Management</li> </ul><ul><li>Bid Managers</li> </ul><ul><li>Solution Architects</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you register for this course?</strong></p> <ul><li>Used successfully by numerous global and UK based tech organisations over 15 years.</li> </ul><ul><li>Identify and prioritise the elements to work on to maximise win rates and minimise cost.</li> </ul><ul><li>The course delivers value regardless of the current size of your organisation.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <ul><li>Attendees leave with a roadmap that identifies and prioritises elements to develop and ideas to make it happen.</li> </ul><ul><li>Evidence-based output to take back to the business to raise the profile of the bid function, win executive support and additional resources.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00-9.30am</p> <p>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The 14 key elements &ndash; how well do you:</p> <ul><li>Value bidding and behave?</li> </ul><ul><li>Exhibit the appropriate skills and behaviours?</li> </ul><ul><li>Adhere to bid processes and procedures?</li> </ul><ul><li>Understand and influence opportunities before bidding?</li> </ul><ul><li>Qualify and invest in the appropriate opportunities?</li> </ul><ul><li>Resource the bid?</li> </ul><ul><li>Develop win strategies?</li> </ul><ul><li>Undertake solution design and costings?</li> </ul><ul><li>Develop and validate proposals?</li> </ul><ul><li>Develop and deliver presentations?</li> </ul><ul><li>Apply standard style and content?</li> </ul><ul><li>Negotiate and close opportunities?</li> </ul><ul><li>Review and learn from the outcome?</li> </ul><ul><li>What level of Leadership and support do people receive when bidding?</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/3339-chris-whyatt">Chris Whyatt</a>&nbsp;has over 20 years experience in successful strategic bid and capability development. Founding Director of the UK chapter of APMP, acting as their COO for the first three years. Created Get to Great&reg; - Developing World-Class Bid Capability in 2000. Subsequently developed and deployed as a Bid Capability development tool in dozens of tech organisations including Computacenter, De La Rue, HPE, IBM, SAP and numerous smaller businesses. Unlike many trainers, Chris is still actively practising his craft and has worked with techUK for the last ten years, delivering this and other programmes with great success.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Proof of ROI and value delivered</strong></p> <p>"The 'Get to Great&reg;' workshops we ran in 2006 and 2012 enabled our key stakeholders across the business to come together. We measured where we were, discussed what we could do and came up with shared plans to deliver improvements. On reflection they were catalyst that changed how we worked to deliver 'best-in-class' bid capability that has fuelled our growth across our business."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em>David Newsome - Business Enablement - Head of Bid Management, Computacenter (UK) Ltd</em></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13606&Itemid=372 Getting a return on investment from social Media http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13606&Itemid=372 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 11:46:22 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org The course will unlock the world of social media. <p>Registration from 9.15am</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course About?</strong></p> <p>While a powerful case can be made for the importance of social media, many companies are struggling with this channel.</p> <ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp;How can a business justify the time and effort spent on social media when it cannot see where the return on investment is coming?</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; Without the correct metrics to measure and manage the effectiveness of social media how can any spend be rationalised?</li> </ul><p>While businesses struggle with these questions, social media is becoming too important for companies to ignore. It has become a major provider of information for a vast majority of the population. Whether it is current affairs, what TV shows are currently hot or looking for advice about new products and services, an increasing number of individuals are relying on social platforms as a source of knowledge.</p> <p>This course will unlock the world of social media. It will ensure delegates understand exactly why companies need to be on social media. It will provide attendees with the strategic thinking they need to employ in order to make social media work effectively. Participants will feel empowered in how they can utilise social media and get a return on investment for their organisations.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Should Attend?</strong></p> <p>You should consider this course if you want a strategic understanding of how social media works, its importance today and how it can be used effectively.</p> <p>&bull; Board level, Senior Management &amp; Business Leaders</p> <p>&bull; Owner/Managers</p> <p>&bull; CMOs, Marketing Directors, Marketing Managers and other Marketing Personnel</p> <p>&bull; Individuals who want to improve their understanding of social media</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Outcome?</strong></p> <p>&bull; Obtain a real insight and understanding of how marketing communications have changed</p> <p>&bull; Learn the three rules required for your marketing communications to work</p> <p>&bull; Be provided with a mechanism for defining your tone of voice online</p> <p>&bull; Receive effective KPIs and measurements for tracking online performance</p> <p>&bull; Discover techniques for creating compelling content on a budget and without taking up too much time</p> <p>&bull; Find out how to cut through the noise and get noticed</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>&nbsp; &nbsp;Why social media has become vital for every organisation</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The business rules that need to be utilised to make social media work</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; How to develop a &lsquo;tone of voice&rsquo; online that will capture your target market&rsquo;s imagination</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The metrics for how to measure social media effectively</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The strategic thinking required in order to make social media a powerful channel</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; How to implement a social media strategy</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The role of content in social media</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; Tactics to get noticed and not disappear with the other &lsquo;noise&rsquo;</li> <li>&nbsp;&nbsp; The role of your website</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Is the Course Leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13098-grant-leboff" target="_blank">Grant Leboff</a>&nbsp;is one of the U.K's leading Sales and Marketing experts. Having built a successful direct marketing company, which he started in 2002, Grant sold it in 2008. As well as undertaking work as a Non Executive Director, he now has a number of other business interests. Sticky Marketing Club&reg; Ltd, is a sales and marketing consultancy providing companies with the strategies to thrive in an increasingly competitive world. Grant is a highly sought after consultant and speaker, and constantly makes presentations at conferences and events all over the world.&nbsp;He is a regular contributor to many business magazines and newspapers.&nbsp;</p> <p>A thought leader in his field, Leboff's main focus is to address the massive changes that are taking place in a world that is constantly being introduced to new technologies and an evolving World Wide Web. He continually challenges Sales &amp; Marketing conventions that become accepted wisdom, but don&rsquo;t necessarily deliver results.</p> <p>Amongst others, he has been featured in the Daily Telegraph, The Independent, The Financial Times, The Daily Mirror and The Sun. He has appeared on BBC Radio on numerous occasions as well as being featured on a significant number of US radio networks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p>Today I came away&nbsp;<strong>inspired</strong>&nbsp;by&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/grantleboff/"><strong>Grant Leboff</strong></a>&nbsp;and his views on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/search/results/content/?keywords=%23marketing&amp;origin=HASH_TAG_FROM_FEED"><strong>#marketing</strong></a>&nbsp;and the future of what that means for&nbsp;<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/search/results/content/?keywords=%23business&amp;origin=HASH_TAG_FROM_FEED"><strong>#business</strong></a>.</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>Robyn MacMillan</strong>, 8 February 2018.&nbsp;<em>[LinkedIn]</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fantastic</strong>&nbsp;training at Keele today with&nbsp;<a href="https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@grantleboff</strong></a>. Are you ready for a marketing paradigm shift?</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>Adam Whitehouse,</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://twitter.com/ARWhitehouse13">@ARWhitehouse13</a>,&nbsp;7 February 2018.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14057&Itemid=518 Strategies and Proposals for Must Win Deals http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=14057&Itemid=518 Wed, 03 Oct 2018 15:25:49 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Come with a must-win-deal and leave with a plan to convert it to revenue <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Squeezed budgets and workforce reductions have made the traditional &lsquo;bid for three and expect (hope) to win one&rsquo; model unworkable. Being more selective in bidding demands a better win rate to make the numbers add up.</p> <p>The challenge is enabling your bid contributors to collectively hit a better win rate, and then maintain it, when everyone is already maxed out working on your must win deals?</p> <p>The solution is to uplift your people's skills while they work these deals by sending them on this course.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Interactive session uses &lsquo;live&rsquo; deals as the basis for learningDelivers immediate value with zero impact on &lsquo;business as usual&rsquo; - learnings applied directly to pipeline dealsDelivers long-term value &ndash; embeds improved process, learning and behaviour10+ years provenanceMultiple Proof Points / ROI casesImmediatly impact the must-win deals in your pipeline and smash your number going forward</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend the course?</strong></p> <p>Anyone with a stake in your must-win deals:</p> <ul><li>Sales People</li> </ul><ul><li>Sales Directors</li> </ul><ul><li>Senior Sales Leaders</li> </ul><ul><li>Head of Bid Management</li> </ul><ul><li>tBid Managers</li> </ul><ul><li>Solution Architects</li> </ul><ul><li>Consultants</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Attendees leave with a methodology and tools to develop win strategies and proposals that consistently convert must win deals. An immediate impact on current sales pipeline &ndash; learnings applied to &lsquo;live&rsquo; must win deals. Increases current and future effectiveness of bid contributors with zero impact on business as usual.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>A 1 Day on-site workshop covering the Get to Great&reg; ten step methodology:</p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00-9.30am<br>Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>The ten key stages:</strong></p> <p>Pre-workshop background reading and analysis by key bid team members (offline)</p> <ol><li>Requirements Analysis</li> <li>Solution Definition</li> <li>Competitive Analysis</li> <li>Risk Analysis</li> <li>Differentiators</li> <li>High-level Bid Strategy</li> <li>Management Summary Planning</li> <li>Management Summary Development</li> <li>Section Analysis &amp; Planning</li> <li>Question Analysis &amp; Planning</li> </ol><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/3339-chris-whyatt">Chris Whyatt&nbsp;</a>has over 20 years experience in successful strategic bid development. Founding Director of the UK chapter of APMP, acting as their COO for the first three years. Created Get to Great&reg; - Strategies and Proposals for Must Win Deals for British Nuclear Fuels in 2004. Subsequently developed and deployed as win strategy and proposal development tool in dozens of global organisations including Microsoft, LogicaCMG and most recently at Cyient. Unlike many trainers Chris is still actively practising his craft and has worked with TechUK for the last ten years, delivering this and other programmes with great success.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>Price (excluding VAT)</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13609&Itemid=518 Selling has Changed, Have You? http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13609&Itemid=518 Thu, 02 Aug 2018 12:56:42 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course will provide delegates with a new perspective and insight on selling. <p><strong>What Is the Course About?</strong></p> <p>Compare the old transactional sales model with a car which has a worn-out engine and is continually breaking down. Every few miles, you spend even more money on a quick fix, so you can drive it a little longer. Really, you know that throwing money at it is a waste of time. However, without the wherewithal to replace it, you are unsure of the alternative.</p> <p>To be successful in today&rsquo;s business climate demands a completely fresh approach.</p> <p>The onset of technology has led to a proliferation of companies competing globally. The World Wide Web has empowered buyers who have become increasingly sophisticated. This has led to a world where reputation and customer engagement are more important than ever.</p> <p>This course will provide delegates with a new perspective and insight on selling. It will give them a strategic understanding of how to make sales activity effective in a digital age. It will provide attendees with tools and techniques which they can utilise in their own businesses in order to achieve better sales results.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Should Attend?</strong></p> <p>You should consider this course if you want a better understanding of how effective selling works in today&rsquo;s digital economy, need to manage sales teams or staff or have a role which involves sales activities.</p> <p>&bull; Board level, senior management &amp; business leaders &ndash; to understand selling today</p> <p>&bull; Owner/Managers &ndash; who have to sell as part of their role</p> <p>&bull; Sales Managers &ndash; in order to manage staff more effectively</p> <p>&bull; Business Development/Salespeople &ndash; to get even better results</p> <p>&bull; Individuals who want to improve their sales skills</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Outcome?</strong></p> <p>&bull; Have real insight and understanding into the new landscape and how customers have changed</p> <p>&bull; Receive a sales framework and structure to get better results</p> <p>&bull; Obtain a better understanding of the new skills required when selling today</p> <p>&bull; Be introduced to a matrix that will ensure you create the most compelling sales messages</p> <p>&bull; Learn techniques and strategies for better prospecting and lead generation</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What Is the Course Agenda?</strong></p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;How the customer journey and expectations have changed in the digital world</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Why the approach to selling must be different in a world where the concept of &lsquo;value&rsquo; has been altered</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The move from a &lsquo;service economy&rsquo; to an &lsquo;experience economy&rsquo; and what that means for salespeople</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Why &lsquo;consultancy selling&rsquo; is no longer enough - and the sales method with which it should be replaced</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The relationship between sales and marketing and why it matters</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Ensuring that the sales process is buyer centric and why that is important</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Understanding &lsquo;buyer motivations&rsquo; and the way to use these during the sales process</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The importance of context and why it matters</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Getting &lsquo;your story&rsquo; right. The importance of the narrative</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;The use of digital and social platforms in sales</p> <p>&bull;&nbsp;Effective prospecting and lead generation</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who Is the Course Leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13098-grant-leboff" target="_blank">Grant Leboff</a>&nbsp;is one of the U.K's leading Sales and Marketing experts. Having built a successful direct marketing company, which he started in 2002, Grant sold it in 2008. As well as undertaking work as a Non Executive Director, he now has a number of other business interests. Sticky Marketing Club&reg; Ltd, is a sales and marketing consultancy providing companies with the strategies to thrive in an increasingly competitive world. Grant is a highly sought after consultant and speaker, and constantly makes presentations at conferences and events all over the world.&nbsp;He is a regular contributor to many business magazines and newspapers.&nbsp;</p> <p>A thought leader in his field, Leboff's main focus is to address the massive changes that are taking place in a world that is constantly being introduced to new technologies and an evolving World Wide Web. He continually challenges Sales &amp; Marketing conventions that become accepted wisdom, but don&rsquo;t necessarily deliver results.</p> <p>Amongst others, he has been featured in the Daily Telegraph, The Independent, The Financial Times, The Daily Mirror and The Sun. He has appeared on BBC Radio on numerous occasions as well as being featured on a significant number of US radio networks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p>We are at the ESSA&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3h5Fm?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23conference">#conference</a>&nbsp;today. We just listened to speaker&nbsp;<strong>Grant Leboff</strong>&nbsp;- he was&nbsp;<strong>very good!</strong>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3hBfo?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23eventprofs">#eventprofs</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3hG2q?url=https://t.co/5lObiirjJz">pic.twitter.com/5lObiirjJz</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;">Guardian Display,&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VV3h1rk?url=https://twitter.com/GuardianDisplay">@GuardianDisplay</a></p> <p>It was a&nbsp;<strong>really valuable</strong>&nbsp;event - definitely if you can get Grant to speak at your event he is&nbsp;worth every penny.</p> <p style="text-align: right;">Jay Blake,&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7vWd?url=https://twitter.com/jayblake_">@jayblake_</a><a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ70vg?url=https://twitter.com/fluff35"><strong>@</strong>fluff35</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ74Jj?url=https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@</strong>grantleboff</a></p> <p><strong>Absorbing, thought provoking</strong>&nbsp;talk from the excellent&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7F5n?url=https://twitter.com/grantleboff"><strong>@</strong>grantleboff</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7KVp?url=https://twitter.com/search?q=%23DigitalMarketing">#DigitalMarketing</a><a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ7Qtr?url=https://t.co/OMTdOUhV53">twitter.com/wilkinskennedy&hellip;</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;">Phil Mullis,&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/VKJ79jl?url=https://twitter.com/phil_mullis">@phil_mullis</a></p> <p>We've just wrapped up a&nbsp;<strong>great session&nbsp;</strong>with&nbsp;<strong>@grantleboff</strong>&nbsp;, thanks for coming in Grant!&nbsp;<a href="http://s.bl-1.com/h/V4kXCnn?url=https://t.co/3YlRmZMojo">ow.ly/fLOI30gVjZg</a></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><strong>ALPS</strong>@alpsltd</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13731&Itemid=295 Leadership for Technical Managers http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13731&Itemid=295 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 11:35:25 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course is designed to improve business insight and leadership and management skills <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 12 October 2019</strong></span></p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Leadership Skills course?</strong></p> <p>This course is designed to improve business insight and leadership and management skills. It will enable key members of your technical, consultancy and sales support team to develop their leadership and commercial skills.</p> <p>This course will help participants to create a work environment that encourages commitment, innovation and co-operation. Delegates will be gaining an insight into effective leadership and acquire the skills to manage, guide and develop a technical or consultancy team to achieve success.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Our workshop is aimed primarily at those who are responsible for managing and leading 'technical' teams. The course will be beneficial to both existing managers and those who are transitioning or interested in moving into a leadership and management role. It will also be of interest to anyone who needs to bridge the communication gap between front end sales and the technical team.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director of Beyond and Winning Demos. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, PeopleSoft and Dotcom start-ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion.</p> <p>Salma's courses are based on best practice experience (she has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p>Coffee and Registration from 9.00am<br />Introduction and course outline from 9.30am</p> <p>The following topics will be covered:</p> <ul> <li>Understanding the difference between leading and managing a technical team</li> <li>Building credibility and trust as a leader</li> <li>Developing a powerful personal leadership brand</li> <li>Identifying your strength and derailleurs &nbsp;</li> <li>Motivating a team to success</li> <li>Communication strategies for a variety of situations</li> <li>Managing teams through change</li> <li>Managing remote and virtual teams</li> <li>Developing a team through coaching</li> <li>Understanding stress management and conflict resolution</li> <li>Dealing with difficult personalities</li> </ul> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;£395.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now £355.50</p> <p>Non-Members - Was&nbsp;£595.00&nbsp;&nbsp;Now £535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">here&nbsp;</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.&nbsp;</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13768&Itemid=372 Fast Track Digital Marketing http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13768&Itemid=372 Wed, 22 Aug 2018 10:19:42 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Designed for business owners, start-ups and commercial managers seeking a digital marketing strategy <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>This&nbsp;one-day Fast track Digital Marketing Workshop will teach attendees the core fundamentals of digital marketing and&nbsp;design and implementing a successful digital strategy which will match and reflect&nbsp;the objectives of your business. We will include a&nbsp;deep dive into the fundamentals of digital marketing including Digital Design and UX, Search, SEO, managing Social Media and Mobile marketing, allocating sufficient&nbsp;resources, measuring and tracking performance and maintaining a successful digital marketing for your business.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>Upon completion of this course attendees will understand the following:</p> <ul><li>How to create a digital marketing strategy and framework for your organisation</li> </ul><ul><li>Integrate acquisition and retention tools to deliver an efficient digital marketing strategy</li> </ul><ul><li>Learn new techniques, tips, website tools and links to useful sources of information</li> </ul><ul><li>Approach the commissioning of digital services with more knowledge and confidence</li> </ul><ul><li>Learn how to track performance, refine and improve your strategy with confidence</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>This course is ideal for business leaders and entrepreneurs, start-ups, commercial directors, business strategists and marketers who need an up to date understanding of developing a successful digital marketing strategy.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p><em>Introduction to the Course</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The digital marketing landscape- an overview</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Current trends, challenges and opportunities</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Digital Marketing Planning - a strategic approach</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Primary channels of Digital: Search, email, mobile and display</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Search Marketing explained- SEO and PPC</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>How search engines work</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Keyword research analysis and tools</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SEO, link building techniques and how they help your rankings</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Pay-Per-Click advertising: the essentials</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Optimising your AdWords campaign (keywords, bid strategy, ad copy and creative) for maximum ROI</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Online Display Advertising</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The online/mobile display ecosystem: media agencies, publishers and ad networks</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creative considerations: interruptive or permission-based?</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Programmatic advertising: the future of online/mobile display?</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Social Media Marketing</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The online/mobile display ecosystem: media agencies, publishers and ad networks</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creative considerations Overview of the main platforms: Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, Instagram and Pinterest</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The impact of Mobile Messaging Apps: WhatsApp &amp; Snapchat</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Managing Social Media effectively: internal structures/ responsibilities, work-flows and&nbsp;<em>Email marketing</em></li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; An overview of the email marketing today: what is it best for?</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Segmenting your database: eCRM</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Email design and development: do's and don'ts</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UX and Design</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Copy and Design: creating information architecture that delivers</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Desktop and mobile: delivering the best user experience</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The importance of User Testing</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Web Analytics and Metrics</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Mobile Marketing</em></p> <ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The mobile landscape explained using apps for marketingHTML5, responsive design and the mobile web</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Location-based services, augmented reality &amp; wearables</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Tracking performance</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Multi-channel tracking and attribution explained</li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<em>The Future of Digital</em></li> </ul><ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Future SEO trends- Big Data, The Internet of Things, Virtual Reality</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>Q&amp;A</em></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/9768-david-reilly">David Reilly&nbsp;</a>is a Digital skills trainer with 17 years digital marketing, consultancy and training experience David Reilly. He has delivered digital skills training to business leaders, start-ups, marketing agencies and established brands including Aviva, Barnardos&rsquo;s, The Financial Times, Towergate Insurance, Time Warner and Simply Health. He also writes about digital strategy and the future of digital technology for Econsultancy, Smart Insights, CMO and The Drum.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What are the course materials?</strong></p> <p>All delegates will receive a copy of the course materials and a reference guide plus to provide further practical insight to the key learning points</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org">Mariana.Obetzanova@techUK.org</a>.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13667&Itemid=295 Essential Contract Law for IT Professionals http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13667&Itemid=295 Wed, 08 Aug 2018 09:01:14 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org What you absolutely must know to get by <p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Early Bird Disscount of 10% if you register and pay before 19 October</strong></span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Understanding the fundamentals of contract law is becoming more and more important to software companies: contracts are getting longer and more detailed and the risk of pitfalls increases with every step. Contracts are not just for the bottom draw, but are a living part of any commercial relationship and everyone involved in delivery needs to be aware of the impact of what they do when interacting with business partners. You don't need to be a legal wizard to know every point, but you do need to know what the major risk areas are &ndash; what are the points to avoid, which are the ones to look out for and when you need to take advice. Most important of all, you need to know what steps you can take to minimise your commercial risks and run a set of contracts.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is aimed at anyone who comes into contact with contracts &ndash; in particular those people responsible for negotiating them and agreeing terms. It will therefore be of interest to those working in bid teams, account managers and senior executives.</p> <p>During the course of the day, the course leader will take delegates through all stages of a project, from entering into a contract through to termination, taking in all the various risk areas along the way. The most important part of the day is working through the workshop scenarios &ndash; real scenarios taken from real-life cases &ndash; to illustrate what can go wrong and what steps can be taken to avoid or minimise the risks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>The sessions and workshop scenarios will go through the following crucial areas:</p> <ul><li>How to enter into a contract &ndash; what do you need to get a binding contract, the "battle of the forms" &ndash; and how to win it.</li> <li>How not to enter into a contract &ndash; doing so unwittingly, "letters of intent", "heads of agreement", "MOU's".</li> <li>Tendering, misrepresentation, entire agreement clauses &ndash; a threat and an opportunity, timescales and milestones, promises about scope which cannot be met.</li> <li>How the courts interpret contracts &ndash; why they might not mean what you think they mean.</li> <li>Meaning of common expressions &ndash; reasonable endeavours, good faith, orders of precedence, agreements to agree, implied terms, change control and scope creep.</li> <li>Limits of liability, "penalty" clauses, liquidated damages, the Unfair Contract Terms Act, direct and indirect/consequential loss, loss of profits.</li> <li>The end-game &ndash; force majeure, material breach, repudiatory breach, termination, "boilerplate" provisions &ndash; and what happens if you terminate when you are not entitled to.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/987-richard-stephens" target="_blank">Richard Stephens</a>&nbsp;is the founder of LORS (The Law Office of Richard Stephens) and has been a prominent solicitor specialising in the IT industry for 30 years. His experience goes across handling some of the largest disputes in the IT sector as well as being involved in negotiations and re-negotiations for major systems procurements, outsourcing and hosting agreements as well as many other types of contract. He has been acknowledged as a "Leader in his Field" by Chambers Guide to the Legal Profession. He is currently the Chair of techUK's own Legal Affairs Group, but is also a Fellow of the Society for Computers &amp; Law, of the British Computer Society and of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>"At HPD, we found the course provided by Richard Stephens to be invaluable. His clear delivery of the key facts, with real examples of how things can go wrong, were really easy to get to grips with and everyone who took part, from account managers to senior executives, really found the course insightful; it will certainly shape much of our day to day operation. Having your eyes open in any contractual matters is both good for your business and for your clients. I would certainly recommend this course to anyone in the Information Technology delivery market."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Kevin Day</strong>, COO at HPD Software Limited</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"I work with contracts on a daily basis, and this course has given me a more thorough understanding of the basics of English contract law. Richard Stephens is incredibly experienced and pitches this course at just the right level and tempo."</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>David Shaw</strong>, Mapping Specialist, Paragon Software Systems plc</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">your company is a member of techUK</a>, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</p> <p>This course is also available for presentation in-house, where we can offer a special discounted rate. Please contact Georgina McCall for more details.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13722&Itemid=373 Winning Demos Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13722&Itemid=373 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 09:36:54 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Covering the complete pre-sales cycle for a killer execution <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment is made by 20 October 2019</strong></span></p> <h3>Discovery, Design and Delivery of Software Demos that Win Business</h3> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose the Winning Demos Masterclass?</strong></p> <p>Many product demonstrations focus on features and functions and ultimately are in danger of become a training session. This style of demonstrating is highly ineffective. Based on twenty years of pre-sales experience Winning Demos (TM) is a tried and tested methodology which covers the complete pre-sales cycle from effective discovery meetings to the execution of a killer pre-sales technical product presentation and demo.</p> <p>You will leave with practical and repeatable tools for efficient demo planning and preparation. You will learn how to differentiate your solution in a competitive market place by reinforcing and complementing existing sales processes with strategies that produce quick and effective rapid results. Ultimately this means you will shorten the sales cycle and close business faster.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <ul><li>Pre-sales staff</li> <li>Software engineers</li> <li>Technical architects</li> <li>Sales professionals who have the challenge of selling complex solutions in highly competitive markets.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>You will learn and practice tried, tested and proven pre-sales discovery and demonstration skills which will enable you to:</p> <ul><li>Sell value during the demo and presentation by tailoring the business process to the needs of the different personality types in the room</li> <li>Adopt a demo style to the prospects business issues and not go into irrelevant technical detail</li> <li>Engage the prospect through mixing the mode of delivery from flipchart to PC demo to round the table discussion</li> <li>Raise your game by learning best practice techniques</li> <li>Learn communication models based on techniques and tools which influence, change behaviour, motivate and get results</li> </ul><p>The goal of Winning Demos (TM) is to deliver a practical, proven set of skills, tools and procedures that can immediately be put to use to improve your business's demo-to-win ratio.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Topics to be covered:</strong></p> <ul><li>Mapping discovery meeting findings</li> <li>Crafting a compelling demo scenario</li> <li>'Less is more'</li> <li>Establishing hooks</li> <li>Hitting different buyers buttons</li> <li>Demo scripts and checklists</li> <li>Creating scenario checkpoints</li> <li>Powerful webinars</li> <li>Demo crimes</li> <li>Combining different presentation tools</li> <li>Taking and maintaining control</li> <li>Presenting to a mixed audience and keeping them interested</li> <li>Objection handling</li> <li>Role-play</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/991-salma-shah" target="_blank">Salma Shah</a>&nbsp;is the Director at Winning Demos and Beyond. Throughout her I.T. career spanning tech giants such as Oracle, Peoplesoft and dotcom start ups Salma Shah has typically worked for organisations experiencing fast growth and profitable expansion. Her courses are based on best practice experience (Salma has worked as a Consultant Pre-Sales and Sales) and the current trends and challenges of today's Tech sector. Salma's client base is Tech sector with a focus on Training and discrete Exec Search.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees:</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - Was&nbsp;<del>&pound;395.00</del>&nbsp;Now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - Was&nbsp;<del>&pound;595.00</del>&nbsp;Now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Price excludes VAT)</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here to check first&nbsp;</a>to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13879&Itemid=518 Consultative Selling http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13879&Itemid=518 Thu, 06 Sep 2018 15:06:33 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org How to make sales by making your customer successful <p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Early bird discount of 10% applies if registration and payment are made by 7 February 2018</strong></span></p> <p>How to make sales by making your customer successful</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course about?</strong></p> <p>Sales professionals must articulate how their company can deliver business value to their customers. It sounds simple, but in practice there are formidable barriers to understanding the customer's needs and transforming often hazy and incomplete ideas into a plan that will give decision-makers the confidence to invest.</p> <p>This workshop gives you a clear, structured approach that will ensure you discover what you need to know and then, like magic, explicitly align your interests with your customer. It then shows how to use a highly persuasive and entirely non-confrontational method to convince customers why they should trust your company to help them.</p> <p>The workshop is highly interactive and provides extensive opportunities to practise the new skills in exercises and role-play.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Sales professionals</li> <li>Business Leaders</li> <li>Consultants who want to sell more by earning trust and respect</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The workshop enables you to master PROUD OSCAR&reg;, a proven, powerful consultative sales call model. It ensures you get to the root of what the customer really needs while simultaneously demonstrating your own expertise and adding value. It shows you four simple techniques to identify and articulate business value and then work cooperatively with the customer to define the best possible solution. PROUD OSCAR is used by thousands of sales professionals in major international technology companies throughout the world.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Coffee and Registration from 9:00am</li> <li>Why the market demands consultative sellers</li> <li>Why consultative sellers sell more</li> <li>PROUD OSCAR&reg; the consultative selling call model</li> <li>Prepare</li> <li>Open</li> <li>Understand the pain</li> <li>Diagnose the problem(s)</li> <li>Overall Summary</li> <li>Credentials</li> <li>Advising the customer</li> <li>Ratify and close</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/981-ian-henley">Ian Henley</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in improving the business performance of technology companies, specialising in business strategy, leadership, marketing and sales. In 1998 he co-founded ChangeBEAT a boutique consultancy which works exclusively with senior technology company executives to define and deliver practical improvement programmes. The work often centres on the way the company sells and delivers business value. ChangeBEAT's customers include over sixty of the best known technology companies in the world, including CA, EMC, Accenture/Avanade, Microsoft, Panasonic, Hitachi, Microfocus, Oracle, Landis+Gyr and Nokia. They also work with smaller technology companies, and IT departments including the Examination Board of Cambridge University, EDF Energy and the Open University.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>"I attended the Consultative Selling course at TechUK. It was excellent. The level of tuition and course content were well judged and impeccably presented. A deeply experienced professional, Ian&rsquo;s instructional style was excellent and his feedback was clear, honest and extremely valuable. I would thoroughly recommend the course".</p> <p style="text-align: right;">Jamie Thomas, Account Manager &ndash; Cyber Security, <strong>L3 TRL Technology</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - was&nbsp;&pound;395.00&nbsp;now &pound;355.50</p> <p>Non Members - was&nbsp;&pound;595.00&nbsp;now &pound;535.50</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members">click here to check first</a>&nbsp;to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org&nbsp;</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13661&Itemid=260 An Introduction to the NHS and technology http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13661&Itemid=260 Tue, 07 Aug 2018 14:01:03 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org A focus on how technology is organised within the NHS <p><strong>Registration is from 12 noon</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>The NHS is a complex organisation that faces increasing demand for services along with constrained funding. The belief that technology can contribute to quality outcomes and efficiency gains is embedded within NHS policy propositions and commitments, but this does not make the NHS market for technology easy to navigate.</p> <p>This course provides an introduction to the organisation of the NHS, its governance and policy drivers, with a specific focus on how technology is organised in the NHS, background trends and priorities, as well as procurement processes.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is suitable for anyone new to the health technology sector or seeking to refresh and update their understanding. It is particularly relevant to sales, marketing and business development managers who need to strengthen their understanding of how the NHS is organised and uses technology.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>This engaging and informative workshop will provide delegates with a good understanding of the NHS. Participants will gain knowledge that will enable them to target and identify policy areas and demand opportunities relevant to their own organisation.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>Start time: 12:30pm</li> <li>Structure of the NHS: introduction to the organisation of the NHS, with an emphasis on understanding that it is not a single entity. A high level explanation of policy, commissioning and provision, including funding flows.</li> <li>Technology in the NHS: how technology is organised in the NHS, providing an understanding of which buyers are for different kinds of technologies.</li> <li>Impact of policy: review of key policies and initiatives that influence the demand for and requirements of technology.</li> <li>Regulation and procurement: discussion of regulation and how it impacts marketing and sales.</li> <li>Finish time: 5:00pm</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-staff/item/4854-lenore-ogilvy" target="_blank">Lenore Ogilvy</a>&nbsp;has been consulting on technology-related projects in the public sector for the last ten years. Her clients have included both NHS England and NHS Digital, where she has worked on a number of projects, ranging from national infrastructure to strategy design and implementation. Lenore has drawn on her direct experience of policy and governance in the NHS, and public sector commercial and buying behaviour, in the design of this course.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <blockquote> <p>"I attended 'An Introduction to the NHS and Technology' on 29 January 2018 delivered at techUK by Lenore Ogilvy of Conbrio Associates. I am a regular visitor and member of techUK and a my company takes a full and active part in techUK and glean good insight into markets, sectors and opportunities. But this is the first time I have attended one of this style of events and I am pleased to recommend future ones to others. Delivered at techUK&rsquo;s offices which offer a good environment and delivered by Lenore who has a professional and engaging delivery style, I found the information she imparted of great interest."&nbsp;</p> </blockquote> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Richard Quinlan</strong>, Security &amp; Information Systems Division, Leonardo MW</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <blockquote> <p><br>"Lenore is very knowledgeable. Knows the subject in detail. A great course for those wishing to break into Healthcare."&nbsp;</p> </blockquote> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Catherine Kiaie</strong>,<strong>&nbsp;</strong>UK Public Sector Account Manager, EnterpriseDB</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00<br><strong>Non techUK Members</strong>- &pound;495.00<br>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13717&Itemid=517 How to write an Information Security Policy (GDPR covered) http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13717&Itemid=517 Wed, 15 Aug 2018 09:03:51 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org This course will help you understand why having an information security policy is important <p><strong>What is the course about?</strong></p> <p>With the adoption of the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) in May 2016, we are almost half way through the two-year journey towards its application in all member states, including the UK on May 25th, 2018. The GDPR will replace the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC and therefore the Data Protection Act 1998 in the UK. Brexit will not change this, as even the earliest possible Brexit would mean several months of compliance requirement while still part of the EU and independent of that, businesses are trading with the EU and are holding data that fall within the scope of the Directive and will therefore have to comply.</p> <p>In order to be compliant with national and international information and data protection laws and regulations, organisations need to introduce appropriate and effective cyber security and data protection controls. The Information Security Policy forms the basis of these controls.</p> <p>A well thought through information security policy will also address the human factor and take the organisation&rsquo;s specificities into consideration. We are all aware that no matter how strong or advanced security applications or technical controls are, protecting the company&rsquo;s data assets will heavily depend on the people within the organisation. People unfortunately are the weakest link in any information security and privacy programme albeit rarely intentionally. The Board and the executive team are ultimately responsible for security breaches, no matter if they occur due to an employee&rsquo;s misconduct, plain negligence or for the simple reason that employees are not aware of threat and how to protect against them.</p> <p>A comprehensive Information Security Policy therefore covers a range of topics, from identifying data assets, defining security objectives to establishing and enforcing formal, written policies and guidelines which govern employees&rsquo; behaviour.</p> <p>This full day course is designed to give a practical introduction about the importance of having an information security policy and to provide clear guidelines on how to develop and to document a well-thought through and effective policy that ensures information security, is aligned with the business strategy, reduces the impact of identified and diverse risks, manages resources and infrastructure effectively and efficiently and delivers value for the security investment made.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend this course?</strong></p> <p>Board members, C-suite executives and everyone responsible for the protection of the organisation&rsquo;s data and assets (CEO, COO, CFO CTO, CISO, CSO, and Directors of IT, Data Protection, Compliance Officer and Information security personal).</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>At the end of the course attendees will:</p> <ul><li>Understand the central role of the Information Security Policy in securing business assets and delivering value to the business</li> <li>Have practical knowledge of the different types of information security policies and their core components</li> <li>Develop, implement, and maintain various types of information security policies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <ul><li>10.00am: Registration at techUK London reception</li> <li>10.30am: Introduction to the course and getting to know each other</li> <li>10.50am: What is an information security policy and why it is important.</li> <li>11.50am: Coffee break</li> <li>12.00pm: When and How to write an information security policy: part 1</li> <li>13.00pm: Lunch break</li> <li>14.00pm: How to write and develop an information security policy</li> <li>15.20pm: Tea break</li> <li>15.40pm: Implementing and maintaining an information security policy</li> <li>16.45pm: Course summary and thank you</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p>The course will be delivered by <a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/7972-shadi-razak" target="_blank">Shadi A. Razak</a>, Partner and Head of Cyber Security and Compliance at CyNation. Shadi is a cyber security and business digitalisation expert, with a strong foundation in business and IT strategy. His expertise in information security management, security governance and compliance, cloud security and business digitalisation has made him a sought-after advisor to and coach for several international blue-chip companies, government organisations, and SME&rsquo;s in the UK, and the MENA region for the past 15 years. He has been a visiting lecturer at several international and British universities and is currently a Board Member and President of the Information Security Group (ISG) Alumni, Technology and Finance Society and a mentor for a number of FinTech and SecurityTech start-ups in London.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Fees</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;395.00</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>&nbsp;- &pound;595.00</p> <p>Price (excluding VAT)</p> <p>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13700&Itemid=521 GDPR Common Questions For Technology Businesses http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13700&Itemid=521 Fri, 10 Aug 2018 14:04:48 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Common questions for technology businesses <p><strong>Registration starts at 13:00</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>Data breach is now an all too frequent headline in the media, and with the advent of the GDPR, fear of huge fines from the regulator and the potential for negative publicity, GDPR compliance has never been more important.&nbsp;</p> <p>Based on our experience we have identified certain common questions for technology businesses.&nbsp; This course provides you with distilled advice on these common areas, with the aim of reducing the risk of enforcement action and give you increased confidence when negotiating with your customers and other third parties in this area.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend? </strong></p> <p>This practical half day course is aimed at individuals in technology businesses, particularly for those who already have an understanding of the GDPR and who have responsibility for compliance within their organisation.&nbsp; In particular, it is aimed at businesses who are typically data processors when processing the personal data of their data controller customers, but who also collect personal data of their own (and for which they are data controllers) &ndash; especially for marketing purposes and in an HR context.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course? </strong></p> <p>It is intended to be a focussed, interactive and applied session.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Agenda </strong></p> <p>The session will cover the following topics:</p> <p><strong>Brief introduction</strong> &ndash; overview of common question areas facing technology businesses.</p> <ul><li>The marketing minefield &ndash; we consider the complex overlap between the GDPR and the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003 (PECR) and offer practical advice on ensuring that these two laws relating to marketing are simultaneously complied with. &nbsp;We consider buying marketing lists and B2B vs B2C marketing.&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>Consent &ndash; we look at the circumstances in which it is appropriate, and not, to obtain the consent of individuals, and how this should be done.&nbsp; We also look at when it is appropriate to try and get refreshed consent.&nbsp;</li> </ul><ul><li>Retain or delete? &ndash; we offer some useful guidance on appropriate retention periods.</li> </ul><ul><li>HR specific issues &ndash; we look at some key areas in an HR context, for current, former and future employees.</li> </ul><ul><li>Appointing your own suppliers and subcontractors &ndash; we summarise the approach which should be taken in relation to appointing suppliers and subcontractors, including conducting due diligence, contract clauses and the position regarding liability.</li> </ul><ul><li>Using the cloud &ndash; we summarise the regulator&rsquo;s position on this area.</li> </ul><ul><li>Overseas transfers &ndash; we summarise the GDPR in terms of easy to follow steps, to ensure that you have the information to select the most appropriate way of ensuring that a transfer is GDPR compliant.</li> </ul><ul><li>Breach notification &ndash; we break down the stages of breach reporting and look at the circumstances in which you do and do not need to report breaches.</li> </ul><ul><li>Assisting a customer &ndash; how far do I need to go? &nbsp;Many customers now expect their suppliers to assist with compliance, for instance in responding to subject access requests.&nbsp; We offer some sensible suggestions for limiting your obligations.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>About the trainers</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/13697-andrew-rankin" target="_blank">Andrew Rankin</a>&nbsp;is a Legal Director and&nbsp;<a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/9213-chris-air" target="_blank">Chris Air</a> an Associate Solicitor, at law firm DAC Beachcroft LLP.&nbsp; Both Andrew and Chris specialise in advising suppliers and customers on technology deals, Andrew and Chris both hold the BCS practitioner certificate in data protection and have experience of advising on a wide range of data protection related issues in the technology sector.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;295.00 + VAT</p> <p><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;495.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.techuk.org/about/our-members" target="_blank">click here</a>to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org." target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org.</a></strong></p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13671&Itemid=521 Executive Strategy and Policy Development http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13671&Itemid=521 Wed, 08 Aug 2018 11:01:53 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Building executive-level skills and awareness for strategic thinking and communication <h3><span style="color: #ff0000;">Currently, 15% Early Bird discount applies for both techUK members and non-members</span></h3> <p><strong>Developing strategy and policy development skills to improve the ability of specialists and emerging leaders to tackle more complex business, policy, investment and other strategic questions &ndash; and to be able to present recommendations to senior stakeholders both&nbsp;authoritatively and concisely.</strong></p> <p>This is a relaxed but content-rich course, delivered with a combination of taught sections and delegate case study work in small groups. It broadens delegate&rsquo;s business awareness and provides practical coaching in consulting-style approaches to tackling complex business decisions and communicating findings to Boards and senior management concisely and impactfully.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Reasons to choose this course include:</strong></p> <ul><li>Building skills to evaluate complex, perhaps initially unbounded, business issues that may include financial, competitive, organisational and policy considerations</li> <li>Understanding how to write Board papers, business cases and policy documents that hit the mark; giving senior managers and execs the information they need</li> <li>Developing wider &lsquo;executive-level&rsquo; business awareness, enabling delegates to better anticipate and empathise with diverse stakeholder requirements</li> <li>Developing a wider understanding and ability to influence across finance, marketing, technical and HR/ regulatory/ legal domains</li> <li>Increasing skills, competence and confidence for managers taking on leadership of more diverse teams and dealing with more senior management issues</li> <li>Helping technical, operations, legal, marketing, finance and other specialists to develop broader business competences and outlook for their career progression</li> <li>Helping to develop leaders as part of a wider career development plan.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>This course is recommended for managers and professionals that already have some experience in their own specialisms and now wish to broaden out their strategic business skills and competences. This may be as they prepare for, or take on, more senior roles within their organisations or as they develop their careers in new areas.</p> <p>The course may especially benefit participants that are seeking to deepen and broaden their analytical skills and executive awareness. The course also includes practical coaching on how to write impactful Board level papers quickly and comprehensively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>The course delivers practical learning in the following areas:</p> <ul><li>How to frame complex business questions (e.g. strategy, policy, build-buy, investment, partnering) and control the evaluation process effectively</li> <li>How to develop and evaluate options using a range of quantitative and qualitative techniques, and to test conclusions</li> <li>How to marshal evidence-based arguments efficiently and communicate them effectively in board level papers</li> <li>Enhanced understanding of the &lsquo;Executive Context&rsquo; that senior managers and Boards need to take account of, as a contribution to delegates&rsquo; executive education &ndash; topics include a high-level introduction to: organisational types, their governance and objectives; market and public sector provision and externalities; competition, differentiation, strategy and marketing frameworks; environmental, culture and management style considerations; the impact of digital, IOT and social media.</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p>Agenda:</p> <ul><li>Introduction (objectives, delegate styles, case themes, teams for exercises)</li> <li>Framing and managing strategic evaluations</li> <li>Developing and evaluating options for strategy, policy and decision papers</li> <li>Executive Context &ndash; What factors do senior leaders take into account for strategic decisions and policy questions?</li> <li>Writing authoritative, concise and compelling board papers</li> <li>Practical exercise: Developing a strategic case and communicating it</li> <li>Closing session (day review and key point summary)</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong><br><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10354-ian-andrews" target="_blank">Ian Andrews</a>&nbsp;is an independent strategy and business development consultant with 30 years&rsquo; combined industry and consulting experience in the telecoms, media and technology sectors, including leadership of strategic projects in more than 20 countries. Ian has a degree in Engineering from Oxford University and an MBA with distinction from Kingston Business School. He consults and trains independently under his &lsquo;1230 Consulting&rsquo; brand and with a network of colleagues and best-of-breed consulting and technology firms. His recent work includes developing strategies in the fast-growing IOT (Internet of Things) sector and helping mobile operators to develop strategic partnerships.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the training provider?</strong></p> <p><em>I really enjoyed the Executive Strategy and Policy Development course I attended at techUK. Material was very relevant for me, particularly around how you construct the strategy messages to senior teams. I found Ian Andrews to be very knowledgeable on the subject, and he balanced extremely well a relaxed style to the day and healthy debate with ensuring all the course objectives were met.</em>&nbsp;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Neil Aries</strong>&nbsp;- Managing Director, Critical Software Technologies Ltd</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>-&nbsp;<s>&pound;395.00 + VAT</s>&nbsp; &nbsp;Now: &pound;335.75 + VAT<br><strong>Non Members</strong>-&nbsp;<s>&pound;595.00 +VAT</s>&nbsp; &nbsp;Now: &pound;507.75 + VAT</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13635&Itemid=373 Storytelling in Business http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13635&Itemid=373 Mon, 06 Aug 2018 10:06:49 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org How storytelling can be an effective business tool. <p><strong>Registration from 9.30am</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Why should you choose this course?</strong></p> <p>You will learn:</p> <ul><li>The theory of storytelling</li> <li>What storytelling in business really is (and what it isn&rsquo;t)</li> <li>How you can start to tell your own brand story</li> <li>Looking at real-life case studies and how you can apply those to your brand</li> <li>How storytelling has the power to change how people see and react to things</li> <li>The power to influence word of mouth through storytelling</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <p>We believe you can&rsquo;t tell great stories in business, if you can&rsquo;t tell a great story, full stop. We also believe it&rsquo;s vital everyone in your business knows your brand story, not just your customers.<br>Our foundation course has been purposely designed for all levels of skill. As it develops skills inherently, it can also be taken by anyone looking to build their career, not just big brands.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p>It helps you to understand why storytelling remains the greatest human pastime and how you can begin to apply it to your brand effectively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the agenda?</strong></p> <p><strong>Act 1</strong>&nbsp;- The theory: what storytelling is and why people react so strongly to stories.<br><strong>Act 2</strong>&nbsp;- Best practice: the art of storytelling, structures and rules &ndash; and how to break them.<br><strong>Act 3</strong>&nbsp;- How to use it: we&rsquo;ll apply storytelling to your brand and your day to day role.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10355-chris-hewitt" target="_blank">Chris Hewitt</a>, CEO of Berkeley.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p><strong>techUK Members</strong>- &pound;395.00 + VAT<br><strong>Non Members</strong>- &pound;595.00 +VAT</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Testimonials</strong></p> <p>&ldquo;The course was brilliant and exceeded expectations!&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">RL, Kent.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;Regardless of what point you are at in your career or what your specific job role is - salesperson, marketer, copywriter, PR practitioner... - this course will make you think differently about how you can stand out from the crowd, communicate more effectively and have a bit of fun creating stories that will help you connect with your audience.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">Rebecca, London.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;The course actually gave me more than I thought it would. I had expected it to just be about incorporating storytelling into my marketing writing, but I've gone away with ideas for incorporating storytelling into my presentations, networking and much more as well&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;">RH, London.</p> http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13650&Itemid=517 Blockchain Masterclass http://www.techuk.orgindex.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=13650&Itemid=517 Mon, 06 Aug 2018 14:33:17 +0100 CRM Sync noreply@techuk.org Realistically assess the risks and opportunities on cryptocurrencies to make informed decisions. <p>It is predicted that one tenth of the worlds GDP will make its way onto the blockchain market&nbsp;by 2025.</p> <p>The scope of transformation led by blockchain technologies will not be solely confined to finance. Blockchain technology will transform the way businesses interact and collaborate, creating new opportunities based upon the transparency of processes and data.</p> <p>Engaging early with this technology and planning strategies now will ensure that opportunities are not missed. Leaders from multiple sectors should be ready to engage their stakeholders in discussions about how blockchains can benefit their organisations from the ground up.</p> <p>This full-day executive/ senior management training course will empower management to realistically assess the risks and the opportunities on blockchains/cryptocurrencies to make informed decisions about the future of their&nbsp;business.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who should attend?</strong></p> <ul><li>Business Leaders who would like to understand how blockchains can help them to expand their business</li> <li>C-level executives who would like to learn more about blockchain and cryptocurrencies</li> <li>Solicitors providing legal advice to technological companies</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course outcome?</strong></p> <p><em>At the end of the course participants should be able</em></p> <ul><li>To understand the fundamental principles of blockchains and distinguish different variants of the technology</li> <li>Understand different applications of blockchains such as crypto currencies, smart contracts and notary applications</li> <li>Be able to confidently communicate the impact of blockchains to colleagues</li> <li>Understand how blockchain technologies are being used today to resolve Page 2/5 business problems</li> <li>Recognise the regulators view of blockchain</li> <li>Being able to identify the risks and the opportunities that blockchains offer</li> <li>Map a clear strategic roadmap to leverage the benefits of this new technology for their own business</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>What is the course agenda?</strong></p> <p><em>Introduction</em></p> <ul><li>A brief history of blockchains</li> <li>Why blockchains</li> <li>Public key cryptography for business people</li> </ul><p><em>&nbsp;</em></p> <p><em>How blockchain works</em></p> <ul><li>What are blockchains</li> <li>Fundamental principles of the technology</li> <li>Existing technologies: Bitcoin and cryptocurrencies</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Business Application</em></p> <ul><li>Public blockchains</li> <li>Smart contracts</li> <li>Benefits and risk</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Blockchain for traditional business</em></p> <ul><li>Private blockchains</li> <li>Case studies and examples in notary applications</li> <li>Benefits and risk</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>The Future of Blockchain</em></p> <ul><li>Current Landscape in finance and other business sector</li> <li>Legislation</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Terminology</em></p> <ul><li>Myth buster</li> <li>Jargon buster</li> </ul><p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Who is the course leader?</strong></p> <p><a href="http://www.techuk.org/trainers/item/10851-maria-g-vigliotti" target="_blank">Dr Maria G Vigliotti</a>&nbsp;is a leading expert in computing with a vast experience in security, cryptography, blockchains, training in academic and non-academic environments. Maria is the CEO of Sandblocks Consulting, a company providing:</p> <ul><li>Blockchain&nbsp;executive training</li> <li>Training on coding The Ethereum Blockchain&nbsp;</li> <li>Blockchain requirements workshops</li> <li>Bespoken blockchain&nbsp;solutions</li> <li>Security audits for smart contracts</li> </ul><p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Maria is &nbsp;the Chief Editor of the open access journal Frontiers in Blockchain, Smart Contract section&nbsp;<a href="https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/blockchain/sections/smart-contracts#about" target="_blank">https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/blockchain/sections/smart-contracts#about</a>, a member of the Distributed Ledger Technology &nbsp;Committee of the &nbsp;International Standard&nbsp;Organisation (ISO/TC 307)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Maria holds a PhD in Computing from Imperial College London. She has several years of experience in formal verification of code for concurrent systems in safety, critical applications, industry and academia. She also, worked on cryptographic attacks with The European Railway Traffic Management Systems (ERTMS), the European railway signaling system and the Cyber security strategy for the railway. Maria has published over thirty papers in reference to international academic journals and conferences.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What others say about the course.</strong></p> <p><em>"Maria tailored the course to suite the level of knowledge in the audience in a way that ensured we all left with a valuable insight into the technology.&nbsp; The course content was well structured and superbly delivered by Maria, who as well as being abundantly qualified is also clearly one of industry&rsquo;s leading experts in her field.</em></p> <p><em>I would highly recement the BlockChain Master Class to anybody who like me needs to understand this novel technology and its value to the wider business environment."</em></p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Colin Hamilton</strong>,&nbsp;Horsebridge Defence &amp; Security Limited</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&ldquo;I found this course to be very interesting and it conveyed the basic principles of blockchain in a way to allow me to research the topic further with confidence.&rdquo;</p> <p style="text-align: right;"><em><strong>Eryl Hardman</strong>, Senior Legal Counsel - Nomimet</em></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>What is the cost of the course?</strong></p> <p>techUK Members - &pound;395.00</p> <p>Non Members - &pound;595.00</p> <p>(Prices exclude VAT)</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>If you are not sure whether your company is a member of techUK, click here to check first to ensure you pay the correct price for the course you are booking. If you need further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org" target="_blank">mariana.obetzanova@techuk.org</a>.</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p>